Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract CAG-04-113 *A1A Document A101 rN — 1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the AfAday of l9&( in the year of A00V (In words, indicate day, month and year) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name,address and other`information) City of Renton ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: 1055 S.Grady Way The author of this document has Renton,WA 98055 added information needed for its completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form.An and the Contractor: Additions and Deletions Report (Name,address and other information) that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard MacDonald--"Ailler Facility Solutions,Inc. form text is available from the 7717 Detroit Avenue NW author and should be reviewed. Seattle,WA 98106 A vertical line in the left margin of 206-768-3948206-768-3949(fax) this document indicates where The Project is: the author has added necessary (Name and location) information and where the author has added to or deleted from the 200 Mill Avenue Building Chiller Replacement original AIA text. 200 Mill Avenue South This document has important Renton,WA 98055 legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney The Engineer is: is encouraged with respect to (Name,address and other information) its completion or modification. MacDonald-Miller Facility Solutions,Inc. AIA Document A201-1997, 77`17 Detroit Avenue NW General Conditions of the Seattle,WA 98106 Contract for Construction,is 206-768-3948 adopted in this document by 206-768-3949(fax) reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless this The Owner.and Contractor agree as follows. document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. AIA Document A101 TMr—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This Ale Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ate Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:07:42 on 09/27/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3811891078) ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully apart of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement if it differs from the date of this Agreement or, if applicable,state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) If,prior to the commencement of the Work,the Owner requires time to file mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: §3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. I §3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than 90 days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Insert number of calendar days.Alternatively,a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for early completion of the Work.) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM §4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract.The Contract Sum shall be One Hundred Twenty-one Thousand Five Hundred Ninety-four Dollars and Eighty-eight Cents ($ 121,594.88),which includes Washington State Sales Tax,subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. §4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires) AIA Document A101 TM—1997.Copyright®1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 2 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:07:42 on 09/27/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3811891078) §4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: Description Units Price($0.00) ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS §5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS §5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: §5.1.3 The City of Renton operates on a two-week cycle according to the 2004 Accounts Payable Calendar,a copy of which will be provided to the Contractor. Applications for Payment must be received by the Owner a minimum of one week prior to any Purchase Order cutoff date to be processed in that run. §5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. §5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. §5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values,less retainage of five percent(5%). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.8 of AIA Document A201-1997; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction(or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of five percent(5%); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner;and .4 Subtract amounts,if any,for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: .1 Add,upon Substantial Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims;and AIA Document A101*7r—1997.Copyright 0 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 3 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:07:42 on 09/27/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3811891078) 'w+v (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201-1997 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.) .2 Add,if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor,any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior,to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.62 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.) §5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval,the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. §5.2 FINAL PAYMENT §5.2.1 Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-1997,and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. §5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION §6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. §6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-1997 or another Contract Document,the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. §7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below,or in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon,if any.) ( ),per annum (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere;may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) §7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other information) AIA Document A101TM—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA® Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be'to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:07:42 on 09/27/2004 under Order No.1000117582_I which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3811891078) 1 Peter Renner City of Renton 1055 S.Grady Way Renton,WA 98055 425-430-6605 425-430-6603(fax) §7.4 The Contractor's representative is: (Name,address and other information) Mike Morceau MacDonald-Miller Facility Solutions,Inc. 7717 Detroit Avenue NW Seattle,WA 98106 206-768-3834206-768-3949(fax) §7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. §7.6 Other provisions: ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §8.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: §8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A101-1997. §8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201-1997. §8.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated 6/8/04,and are as follows Document Title Pages Specifications for Chiller Division 0,General 1 through 20 Installation,City of Renton 200 Conditions Mill Avenue Building §8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Section 8.1.3,and are as follows: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Specifications exhibit: Divisions One through Sixteen §8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows,and are dated 8/2/04 unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Drawings exhibit: TM0.01:Schedules—HVAC,TM2.07:7th Floor Mechanical Penthouse Plan—HVAC, TM2.08:Roof Plan&Details,TM6.01:Details—Electrical,S-1:Platform Framing Plan,S-2:Details. §8.1.6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: Number Date Pages I Addendum#1 8/23/04 One page Addendum#2 9/3/04 One page AIA Document A101TM—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 5 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:07:42 on 09/27/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3811891078) Flo Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. §8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents.AIA Document A201- 1997 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.) This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies,of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor,one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. L� '�hGA6-Y/1 W w OWNER' ignature) CONTRACTOR(Sit Signature Kathy-Keolker-Wheeler,Mayor — , c5, (Printed name and title) (Printed name and tttl ) &LM V F0 ATTEST(Signature) Bonnie Walton,City Clerk (Printed name and title) AIA Document A101TM—1997.Copyright®1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA°°Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 6 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:07:42 on 09/27/2004 under Order No.1000117582_I which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3811891078) 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 L SPECIFICATIONS FOR CHILLER INSTALLATION CITY OF RENTON 200 MILL BUILDING 200 MILL STREET RENTON WASHINGTON Prepared by MacDonald-Miller Facility Solutions,Inc.7717 Detroit Avenue SW,Seattle,WA 98106 L (206) 763-9400 L 1 08/23/04 MON 14:52 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 0 002 �v �0 1*400, := 052 Community Services Department . Facilities Division z., Ae C DATE: August 23 2004 TO: All Plan Holders of Record 6y 9GG2 ��l SUBJECT: 200 Mall Building Chiller Replacement O� ADDENDUM #1 The Contract Documents (drawings and specifications) are modified as follows: Modify: Section 00030—Invitation to Bid. Remove second paragraph, "The project consists of removal of existing One Hundred Thirteen ton(113) chiller and replacement with new chiller." Replace with, "The project consists of replacement of existing One Hundred Thirteen ton(113) chiller with a new chiller. The existing chiller will be abandoned in place." Add: Section 00800— Special Conditions, Article 8--Permits "The Owner has secured a Certificate of Exemption from Shoreline Substantial Development Permit Requirement, (Exemption File No. LUA04-065, Swy) End of Addendum. ���. 09/03/04 FRI 09:24 FAX 425 430 6603 RENTON COMMUNITY SRVCS 16 002 ql3 D-R, v f�do8 3� O p � psi Community Services Department • Facilities Division DATE: September 3, 2004 TO: All Plan Holders of Record SEP 4 3 2004 SUBJECT: 200 Mill Building Chiller Replacement ADDENDUM #2 The Contract Documents (drawings and specifications) are modified as follows: Delete: Specifications, Index, Item 15953 Remove from the Specifications Index the line "15953 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS". This section was not included in the body of the Specifications and is not in the Scope of Work. The new chiller will be connected to the existing Barrington controls by the Contractor. Add: Section 02223 Minor Demolitions for Remodeling, Article 3.2 Demolition, Item "F". "F. The existing cooling tower is be de-commissioned by the Contractor." Clarification: The following questions have been asked of the project and are answered here for the benefit of all the Bidders. Time for completion called out in the "Form of Proposal (Bid)" should read "ninety (90) days", this allows for equipment procurement requirements. Question: Is the specified York chiller 113 ton or 109.4 ton capacity? Answer: The 113 ton unit specified is correct. If anti-freeze is added to the unit, then the capacity rating is reduced to 109.4. Question: What is the existing roofing material? Answer: The existing roof is a standard three ply built-up roof. Question: What is the size of the existing water feed pipes on the existing chiller? Answer: The existing pipe size is 4" inch. End of Addendum. Addendum I-Chiller doe 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 INDEX TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 0-1000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00020 SYNOPSIS OF BIDDING INFORMATION 00030 INVITATION TO BID 00040 BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS(AIA DOCUMENT A701) 00200 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT(AIA DOCUMENTA305) 00300 BID FORM-FORM OF PROOSAL 00400 NON-COLLUSION,ANIT-TRUST,&MINIMUM WAGE FORM 00500 CONTRACT(AIA DOCUMENT A101) 00700 GENERAL CONDIDTIONS(AIA DOCUMENT A201) 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00810 INSURANCE CONDITIONS wir 00910 BONDING 01010 SCOPE OF WORK,ALTERNATES,&MANDATORY SEQUENCES 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 01045 CUTTING&PATCHING rr 01300 SCHEDULES,REPORTS,PAYMENTS 01310 SUBM ITTALS 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01600 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROJECT FINALIZATION AND START-UP 2000 SITE WORK 02005 SCOPE 02223 MINOR DEMOLITION 15000 MECHANICAL WORK aw 15055 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15075 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION it 15081 DUCT INSULATION 15110 VALVES DUCT INSULATION 15200 DEMOLITIONS AND REPAIR 15271 CHILLED SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPE INSULATION 1r 15518 CIRCULATING PUMPS AND ACCESSORIES 15675 AIR COOLED CHILLER 15953 TEMPERATURE CONROLS 15997 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 16000 ELECTRICAL WORK 16055 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16061 DEMOLITION 16111 CONDUIT 16120 WIRE AND CABLE 16130 BOXES ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS w 2 +rr 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00020 - SYNOPSIS OF BIDDING INFORMATION A. PROJECT: 200 Mill Building Chiller Replacement 200 Mill Avenue South Renton, WA 98055 B. OWNER: City of Renton iW 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 to C. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE: Peter Renner, Facilities Director Community Services Division 1055 South Grady Way 5th Floor Renton, WA 98055 Phone (425) 430-6605 FAX (425)430-6603 D. ENGINEER: Doug Turley, P.E. MacDonald Miller, Inc. 7717 Detroit Avenue SW Seattle, WA 98106 (206) 763-9400 E. PLANS AVAILABLE: Friday, August 20, 2004 Complete plan sets can be purchased from the City at$20.00 per set. F. BIDS DUE: Friday, September 3, 2004, 2:30 p.m. at City Hall City Clerks Office 1055 South Grady Way rr 7th Floor Renton, WA 98055. M G. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION: Sixty (60) calendar days. Liquidated damages thereafter at two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) per day. H. PERFORMANCE BOND &PAYMENT BOND: 100%of contract amount. I. WAGES: Pay state prevailing wages rates. Aw J. TYPE OF CONTRACT: Single contract encompassing all construction work. g END OF SECTION as 4 No 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00030 - INVITATION TO BID CALL FOR BIDS • 200 Mill Building Chiller Replacement You are invited to submit a sealed bid for the 200 Mill Building Chiller Replacement located at 200 Mill Avenue South, Renton, Washington. Bids are due at the Office of the City Clerk, Seventh Floor, City Hall, and 1055 Grady Way, Renton, WA, 98055 at 2:30 P.M., Friday, September 3, 2004. The project consists of removal of existing One Hundred Thirteen ton (113) chiller and replacement with new chiller. Bid documents may be obtained at the Community Services Administration Office located at Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Fifth Floor, Renton, WA, 98055, phone (425)430-6600, fax (425) 430-6603. A non-refundable fee of$20.00 (check only, payable to the City of Renton) shall be charged for each set of documents. If mailed, there is an additional non-refundable fee of$ 5.00 per set. Questions and requests for bidding documents shall be .�. addressed to Renton Community Services Administration. A pre-bid walk-thru will be held on Tuesday, August 24, 10:00 AM, at the 200 Mill Building located at 200 Mill Avenue South, Renton. Contractors are to meet in the lobby of the 200 Mill Building. Attendance at the walk-thru is mandatory. wr �r Bonnie Walton, City Clerk Published: August 20, 2004 Published: August 23, 2004 Seattle Daily Journal of Commerce wr W 40 5 aw 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 us SECTION 00040 • BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST to The following items are required to be submitted for the Bid. Other forms not listed below but included in these Specifications are for informational purposes and need only be executed by the successful Contractor. LIST OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS .► ❑ Bid Proposal Form (Section 00300) go ❑ Combined Affidavit and Certification Form (Section 00400) to ❑ Contractor's Qualification Statement(Section 00200) aw .r ww to to 6 aw 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.01 STANDARD FORM Incorporate by this reference the Instructions to Bidders, 1997,AIA Document A701, as follows.Articles 1 through 8 inclusive are included as a part of this contract. The Bidders, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. 1.02 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS A. The successful bidder shall enter into a contract in accordance with the bid and shall furnish a Performance Bond in the amount of 100% bid. +o B. The City's fair practices and non-discrimination policies, and State Prevailing Wage Rates apply to this project. 40 D. A Notice To Proceed shall be given after the building permit is approved, the City Council, City Attorney, Risk Manager approves the Contract, and the Contract is signed by the Mayor. A" E. Upon Notification of Intent to Award Contract, the following documents must be submitted prior to commencement of the Work and no later than 10 days after receipt of Notification of Intent To Award Contract: aw Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500) "" Bond To The City Of Renton (Section 00610) City of Renton Business License (Section 01130) Aw Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages (Section 01130) Certificate of Liability Insurance (Section 00820); naming the City of Renton as additional insured. F. Project Time of Completion and amount of Liquid Damages are stated in the Form Of Proposal. G. Progress Payments will be subject to retainage of 5% as stated in the Standard Form of Agreement Owner ow and Contractor(Section 00500). ,w 1.03 BIDDER SELECTION CRITERIA A. Contractor's Qualifications Statement", Section 00220 will be the basis of establishing bidder's 4W responsiveness, and ability to perform the work for this project. 7 .. 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 go B The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and waive any informalities or irregularities in bids to received. Attachment: 6 pages of AIA document A701 follows. „r, END OF SECTION err 8 as 41W *� AIA Document A701 1997 AN Instructions to Bidders eta for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address): blank documents fee THE OWNER: ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: (Name and address): The author of this document has WIN added information needed for its completion.The author may also have revised the text of the THE ARCHITECT: original AIA standard form.An rr (Name and address): Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard am form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. TABLE OF ARTICLES A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where to 1 DEFINITIONS the author has added necessary information and where the author 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. as 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS This document has important legal consequences. 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to ar S CONSIDERATION OF BIDS its completion or modification. 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 01e 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ss► rr sr sr 4110 AIA Document A701'm—1997.Copyright®1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles Unauthortmd reproduction or distribution of this AIA! Document,or any portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the sr law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:59:51 on 08/18/2004 under Omer No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4225410425) 010 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS §1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents.The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,Instructions to Bidders,Supplementary Instructions to Bidders,the bid form,and other sample bidding and contract forms.The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. §I I Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201,or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. §1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions,deletions,clarifications or corrections. §1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein,submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. §1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base,to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. §1.6 An Alternate Bid(or Alternate)is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents,is accepted. §1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. §1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. §1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment or labor for a portion of the Work ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS §2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that §2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents,to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted,and for other portions of the Project,if any,being tl bid concurrently or presently under construction. §2.11 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. §2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site,become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. IIt1 §2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials,equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS §3.1 COPIES §3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum,if any,stated therein.The deposit will be illi refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids.The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit.ABidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's deposit will be 1tt;Y refunded. §3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,or in supplementary instructions to bidders. AIA Document A701^r—1997.Copyright m 1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright taw and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 2 Document,or any portion of ft,may result in severe civil and criminal penatdes,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA sottware at 10591 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 511012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4225410425) dr er §3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids;neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. §3.1.4 The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work.No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. so §,31 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS §32.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other,and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is so submitted,shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. +air §32.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. §323 Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. drr Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. §3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS §3.3.1 The materials,products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function,dimension,appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. §3.31 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings,performance and test data,and other information necessary for an evaluation.A statement setting forth changes in other materials,equipment or other portions of the Work,including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require,shall be included.The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer.The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 400 §3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids,such approval will be set forth in an Addendum.Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. so §3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. §3.4 ADDENDA §3.4A Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding,Documents. er §3.42 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. §3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum w withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. §3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,and the Bidder shaU acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. No ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES §4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS §4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. AIA Document A701*s—1997.Copyright®1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. AN rights reserved. WARNINO: This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAs 3 Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:59:51 on 08/181004 under Order No.1000117582 1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4225410425) rti §4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. §4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures.In case of discrepancy,the amount written in words shall govern. to §4.1 A Interlineations,alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. §4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid.If no change in the Base Bid is required,enter"No Change." §4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested,the Bidder may,without forfeiture of the bid security,state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder.The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. §4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder.The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work.Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract.A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed.A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. §4.2 BID SECURITY §4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders.The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid r and will,if required,furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder.Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required,the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages,not as a penalty.The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. §4.2.2 If a surety bond is required,it shall be written on AIA Document A310,Bid Bond,unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents,and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. §4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either(a)the Contract has been executed and bonds,if required,have been furnished,or(b)the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or(c)all Bids have been rejected. §4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS §4.3.1 All copies of the Bid,the bid security,if any,and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid frri shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope.The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name,the Bidder's name and address and,if applicable,the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted.If the Bid is sent by mail,the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation"SEALED BID ENCLOSED"on the face thereof. WA §4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. §4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. §4.3.4 Oral,telephonic,telegraphic,facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. iltil §4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID §4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified,withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids,and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. §4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids,a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids.Such notice shall be in writing over the AIA Document A701110—1997.Copyright©1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Ali rights reserved. WARNING: This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorbwd reproduction or distribution of this AIAe 4 Document,or any portion of it may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 1 OM:51 on 08118/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5410/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4225410425) ar r signature of the Bidder.Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received,and date-and time- stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids.A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. raw §4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. §4.4.4 Bid security,if required,shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ar ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS §5.1 OPENING OF BIDS ON At the discretion of the Owner,if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud.An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. 4110 §;5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids.A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents,or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. "101 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID(AWARD) 5.3.1'It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. +alp The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which,in the Owner's judgment,is in the Owner's own best interests. §5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination,unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents,and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted ,ice, ARTICLE$ POST-BID INFORMATION §6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect,upon request,a properly executed AIA Document A305,Contractor's Qualification Statement,unless such a Statement has been previously aw required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. §6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY The Owner shall,at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than to seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids,furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished,the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 4110 §6.3 SUBMITTALS §6.3.1 The Bidder shall,as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents,after notification of selection for the award of a Contract,furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: of .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder's own forces; .2 names of the manufacturers,products,and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work;and .3 names of persons or entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to 410 a special design)proposed for the principal portions of the Work 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and aalr responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. §6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract,the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or +gar Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder.If the AIA Document A701re—1997.Copyright m 1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright taw and International Treaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe 5 Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:59:51 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4225410425) wee Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity,the Bidder tray,at the Bidder's option, (1)withdraw the Bid or(2)submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution.The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder.In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification,bid security will not be forfeited. frli §6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND §7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS §7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder.Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. §7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract,the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. §7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources,changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. §7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS §7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract.If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent,the Bidder shall,prior to commencement of the Work,submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. §7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided,the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312,Performance Bond and Payment Bond.Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. §7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. §7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix r1 thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents,the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA 1tY Document A101,Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum err AIA Document A701,r—1997.Copyright m 1970,1974,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING: This AIAs Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles.Unauthorbad reproduction or distribution of this Ale 6 Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10951 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (4225410425) User Notes: to 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00200 - CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 1.04 STANDARD FORM A. The "Contractor's Qualification Statement", 1986,AIA Document A305 follows and is included as part of this contract. The Bidders, Contractor and all Subcontractors shall read and be governed by them. +• Attachment: 4 pages of AIA document A305 follows. ow END OF SECTION #a to do io qW .■ go �.r 9 e. +art - Document A305»w — 1986 fW Contractor's Qualification Statement to This form is approved and recommended by the American Institute of Architects(AIA)and The Associated General Contractors of America(AGC)for use in evaluating the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or verification of the information is made by AIA or AGC. +r The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. ar SUBMITTED TO: ADDRESS: aw SUBMITTED BY: Corporation FITI NAME: PartnershipFM air ADDRESS: Individual 0 PRINCIPAL OFFICE: Joint Venture FM 40 Other 0 NAME OF PROJECT f if applicable):blank documents TYPE OF WORK(file separate form for each Classification of Work): ❑ General Construction ❑ HVAC ❑ Plumbing ❑ Electrical ' ❑ Other(please specify) §1.ORGANIZATION ar §1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? §1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? §1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? §1.3 If your organization is a corporation,answer the following: • §1.3.1 Date of incorporation: §1.3.2 State of incorporation: §1.3.3 President's name: QW §1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s) §1.3.5 Secretary's name: AIA Document A3051"—198&Copyright©1964,1969,1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the low. This document was produced by AiA software at 11:13:37 on 08/1812004 under Order No.1000117682_1 which expires on 5/1012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3692588846) r. §1.3.6 Treasurer's name: §1.4 If your organization is a partnership,answer the following: §1.4.1 Date of organization: §1.4.2 Type of partnership(if applicable): §1.4.3 Name(s)of general partner(s) 1.5 If your organization is individually owned,answer the following: §1.5.1 Date of organization: §1.5.2 Name of owner: frr §1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above,describe it and name the principals: §2.LICENSING +�r §2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business,and indicate registration or license numbers,if applicable. §2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. 3.EXPERIENCE §3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. §3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes,please attach details.) §3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? f §3.2.2 Are there any judgments,claims,arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your organization or its officers? rrff► §3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? §3.3`Within the last five years,has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes,please attach details.) §3.4 On a separate sheet,list major construction projects your organization has in progress,giving the name of project,owner,architect,contract amount,percent complete and scheduled completion date. AIA Document A305TN—19e6.Copyright m 1964,1969,1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorbwd reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or 2 any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:13:37 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/1012005,and is not for resale. 92588846) � User Notes: rr INS §3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: er §3.5 On a separate sheet,list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years,giving the name of project,owner,architect,contract amount,date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work goer performed with your own forces. ,r §3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: 400 3.6 On a separate sheet,list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of your organization. at §4.REFERENCES §4.1 Trade References: err §4.2 Bank References: n §4.3 Surety: §4.3.1 Name of bonding company: 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: rr §5.FINANCING §5.1 Financial Statement. +�r §M.1 Attach a financial statement,preferably audited,including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets(e.g.,cash,joint venture accounts,accounts receivable,notes receivable,accrued income,deposits,materials inventory and prepaid expenses); rr Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; r Current Liabilities(e.g.,accounts payable,notes payable,accrued expenses,provision for income taxes,advances,accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); No Other Liabilities(e.g.,capital,capital stock,authorized and outstanding shares par values,earned surplus and retained earnings). §5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement,and date thereof: ow AIA Document A305 m—1986.Copyright m 1964,1969,1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles.Unauthorbxd reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or 3 any portion of It may result in severs civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:13:37 on 08/1812004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/1012005,and is not for resale. User Nobs: (3692588846) err ter §5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one? VM §5.1.4 If not,explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided(e.g.,parent-subsidiary). 96 §5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? to §6.SIGNATURE t §6.1 Dated at this day of Name of Organization: illllr By: Title: §6.2 M being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this day of 20 Notary Public: III My Commission Expires: Illii lw lir AIA Document A305IN—1986.Copyright©1964,1969,1979 and 1986 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright law and International Trestles.Unauthortmd reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or 4 any portion of 1%may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 11:13:37 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1 0001175821 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale.888461 User Notes: i 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00300 - BID FORM FORM OF PROPOSAL (BID) for the 200 Mill Building Chiller Replacement 200 Mill Avenue South Renton, Washington Bids Due: 2:30 p.m. Friday, September 3, 2004 To: City Clerk's Office Seventh Floor of City Hall 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 The undersigned hereby certifies that they have carefully examined the Contract Documents as defined in the General Conditions entitled "200 Mill Building Chiller Replacement", 200 Mill Avenue South, Renton, WA and have examined the site of the work and the location where said work is to be done, and fully understands the manner in which payment is proposed to be made for the cost thereof, hereby proposes to furnish all materials and to perform all labor which may be required to complete said work within the time fixed, and upon the terms and conditions provided in said Contract Documents for consideration of the following amount: • A. BASE BID For all work shown in the Contract Documents, the sum of: $ w Washington State Sales Tax: $ Grand Total Base Bid: $ B. CONDITIONS OF PROPOSAL 1. Determination of Low Bidder: The owner reserves the right to'Award a Contract' based on the Contractor's Proposal Amounts for Base Bid and/or Breakdown, in whatever manner is in the Owner's best interest. 2. Overhead and Profit: All of the above Bid Prices shall include overhead and profit. 3. Sales Tax: All of the above Bid Prices shall include Washington State Sales Tax. 10 200 Mill Street, Renton WA - 6/8/2004 g. C. PERIOD OF BID VALIDITY/ACCEPTANCE OF BID 1. BASE BID The undersigned hereby agrees that this BID as described in paragraph "A" shall be a valid and firm offering for the period of sixty (60) days from closing time for the "Receipt Of Bids." Acceptance of Bid: Within sixty (60) days after the opening of Form Of Proposal, the City will act either to accept the Proposal from the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder, or to reject all Bids. The City reserves the right to request extensions of such Bid acceptance period. The acceptance of a Bid will be evidenced by a written Notice of Intent to Award Contract to the Bidder whose Bid is under consideration for acceptance, together with a request to furnish a bond (if required), evidence of insurance to execute the agreement set forth in the Contract Documents, and other designated documents. D. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT If written "Notice of Intent to Award Contract" is mailed, telegraphed, facsimile, or delivered to the undersigned within the "period of Bid Validity"noted above, or any time thereafter before this Bid is withdrawn, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days after the date of such notification, execute a Contract in the form of the AIA Document A101 "STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR-STIPULATED SUM", 1997 edition. E. TIME FOR COMPLETION The undersigned hereby agrees to"FINAL COMPLETION" of all Work outlined in the Contract Documents sixty (60) days from the Notice to Proceed.. F. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES If the Contractor fails to complete the Work by the FINAL COMPLETION DATE (or such extension of that date which might be granted by the Owner), he agrees to abide by all provisions of the Contract. In addition, Liquidated Damages in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) will be assessed for each calendar day that the Contractor exceeds the"FINAL COMPLETION DATE." G. ADDENDUM RECEIPT Receipt of the following "ADDENDA"to the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS is acknowledged: Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date Addendum No. Date H. EXECUTION OF PROPOSAL Name of Firm 11 ON 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 State License Registration No. „W Address to City State Zip Code Telephone ( ) FAX The undersigned designates the above as the firm and address to which "NOTICE OF CONTRACT AWARD" may be mailed, hand delivered or delivered via facsimile. NOTE: If a Bidder is a corporation, write state of incorporation; and if a partnership, give full names and addresses of all partners below: wr The undersigned certifies that the above is a firm and valid BID to accomplish all Work and comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Date Signature Name &Title END OF BID FORM 12 so 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00400 - NON-COLLUSION, ANTI-TRUST,AND MINIMUM WAGE FORM sp NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly swom,deposes and says,that he is the identical person who submitted the forgoing proposal or bid,and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named,and further,that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid,or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other "` person any advantage over the other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE:ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually ki bome by the purchaser. Therefore,vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract,except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid,quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition,vendor warrants and %w represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser,subject to the aforementioned exception. 40 AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I,the undersigned, having been duly swom,deposed,say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this "` project, I will pay each classification of laborer,workman,or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract:that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT,ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE ww AFFIDAVIT Name of Project arr Name of Bidders Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of ,20 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Residing at: 13 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 VW SECTION 00500 - Contract 101 STANDARD FORM The Standard Form of Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor Where the Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Sum, 1997, AIA Document A-101, as follows, Articles 1 through 9 inclusive. They are included as part of the contract. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall read and be governed by them, with enclosed modifications. 5 pages of AIA document A-101 follows «r 14 Via *-vA1A Document A101 1997 A Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of (In words, indicate day,month and year) BETWEEN the Owner: (Name,address and other information) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion.The author may also have revised the text of the and the Contractor: original AIA standard form.An So (Name,address and other information) Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard 41111 form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of The Project is: this document indicates where fill (Name and location) the author has added necessary information and where the author blank documents has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. This document has important The Architect is: legal consequences. (Name,address and other information) Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. AIA Document A201-1997, General Conditions of the an The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. Contract for Construction,is adopted in this document by reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless this ae document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The to Associated General Contractors of America. 4 IN AIA Document A101 Tr—1997.Copyright m 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treatles. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA sotIv are at 10:47:12 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3736887562) OW ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement if it differs from the date of this Agreement or,if applicable,state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) If,prior to the commencement of the Work,the Owner requires time to file mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests,the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: §3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. §3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Insert number of calendar days.Alternatively,a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. Unless stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.) Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any,for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time or for bonus payments for early completion of the Work) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM §4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract.The Contract Sum shall be ($ ),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. §4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates,if any,which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the All amount for each and the date when that amount expires) AIA Document A101 7m—1997.copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.copyright Law and International Treaties. 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe c rii and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:47:12 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_7 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (3736887562) User Notes: va apr ' §4.3 Unit prices,if any,are as follows: Description Units Price($0.00) ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS §5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS §5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. "W §5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: §5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the same month.If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by the Owner not later than ( )days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. §5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work.The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. §5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. W §5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each ess ro payment shall be P gr P Ym computed as follows: No .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values,less retainage of ( ).Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.8 of AIA Document A201-1997; .2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction(or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of ( ); .3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner;and .4 Subtract amounts,if any,for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstan ces: .1 Add,upon Substantial Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work,retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims;and V AIA Document A101 re—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA*Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Treaties. 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:47:12 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582 _1 which expires on 511012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3736887562) wn (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201-1997 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.) .2 Add,if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor,any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document w A201-1997. §5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: (If it is intended,prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work,to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from 40 the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.6.2 above,and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.) §5.1.9 Except with the Owner's prior approval,the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. §5.2 FINAL PAYMENT §5.2.1 Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-1997,and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and °# .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect. §5.2.2 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment,or as follows: OV ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION §6.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. §62 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-1997 or another Contract Document,the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. §7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below,or in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) I ( )per annum (Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business,the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications,and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) §7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other information) AIA Document A101Tr—1997.Copyright m 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1963,1967,1974,1977.1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA! Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of 1%may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:47:12 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3736887562) W or 7.4 The Contractor's representative is: (Name,address and other information) 7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. w §7.6 Other provisions: ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §8.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: rill► §8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A101-1997. §8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201-1997. §8.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated and are as follows Document Title Pages 8.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Section 8.1.3,and are as follows: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Specifications exhibit §8.1.5 The Drawings are as follows,and are dated unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) Title of Drawings exhibit: §8.1.6 The Addenda,if any,are as follows: 00 Number Date Pages Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding 40 ;requirements are also enumerated in this Article 8. §8.1.7 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents.ALA Document A201- 40 1997 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid Instructions to Bidders,sample forms and the Contractor's bid are notpart of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.) AIA Document A101TH—1997.Copyright®1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. AN rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treatles. 5 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of it,may result In sewn civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:47:12 on 08/18/2004 under Order to No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3736887562) err This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies,of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor,one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER(Signature) CONTRACTOR(Signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) 40 rr +Irk tW AIA Document A101,r—1997.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1980,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of tL may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the few. This document was produced by AIA software at 10:47:12 on 08/11112004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 511012005,and is rat for resale. (3736887562) User Notes: +tr v *A1A � Document A201 1997 10 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address): blank documents 4W THE OWNER: ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: (Name and address): The author of this document has ser added information needed for its completion.The author may also have revised the text of the THE ARCHITECT: original AIA standard form.An (Name and address): Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. TABLE OF ARTICLES A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS the author has added necessary information and where the author 2 OWNER has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. +lilt 3 CONTRACTOR This document has important legal consequences. 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to S SUBCONTRACTORS its completion or modification. 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS This document has been approved and endorsed by The T CHANGES IN THE WORK Associated General Contractors of America 8 TIME w 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ew► 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK �w 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT we AIA Document A201=—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937 1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This a4 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 1 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,end will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15.08.04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) +ar INDEX 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 (Numbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings) Architect's Approvals 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Authority to Reject Work 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Acceptance of Work Architect's Copyright 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.3 1.6 Access to Work Architect's Decisions 3.16,6.2.1,12.1 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5, Accident Prevention 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4, 4.2.3,10 9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Acts and Omissions Architect's Inspections 3.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 95.1, 10.2.5,13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Architect's Instructions Addenda 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 1.1.1,3.11 Architect's Interpretations Additional Costs,Claims for 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 4.3.4,4.35,4.3.6,6.1.1,10.3 Architect's Project Representative Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.10 ry 9.83,12.2.1,13.5 Architect's Relationship with Contractor Additional Time,Claims for 1.1.2, 1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, 4.3.4,4.3.7,8.3.2 3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2, ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4, 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 13.4.2, 13.5 1.1.1 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Aesthetic Effect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6.4, 11.4.7 4.2.13,45.1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 3,8 Architect's Site Visits All-risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 11.4.1.1 13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,93,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 10.3.1 9.10,11.1.3,14.2.4,14.4.3 Attorneys'Fees Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.2, 13.5 Award of Separate Contracts Arbitration 6.1.1,6.1.2 r 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7.1, 11.4.9, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 11.4.10 Portions of the Work Architect 5.2 4,1 Basic Definitions ' Architect,Definition of 1.1 4.1.1 Bidding Requirements Architect,Extent of Authority 1.1.1, 1.1.7,5.2.1, 11.5.1 2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6,7.4, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 11.4.2 135.1, 13.5.4 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Bonds,Lien Architect,Limitations of Authority and 9.10.2 Responsibility Bonds,Performance,and Payment 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 4.2.2,4.2.3;4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.4, Building Permit 5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 3.7.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses Capitalization 2.4, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 1.3 Architect's Administration of the Contract Certificate of Substantial Completion AIA Docunsnt A201 1m—1997.Copyright O 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARMNO:This AIAs Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International TraWlss. 2 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of It may result In severe chrii and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15.08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6.4, 'w Certificates for Payment 4.6.6,9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3 13.5.4 Conditions of the Contract Certificates of Insurance 1.1.1, 1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Consent,Written r Change Orders 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.4, 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,9.10.3, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 11.4.1.2, 11.4.4, 11.4.9,12.1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS aw Change Orders,Definition of 1.1.4,6 7.2.1 Construction Change Directive,Definition of CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.1 up 3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 11.4.9 Construction Change Directives Claim,Definition of 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 4.3.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's Claims and Disputes 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3,9.10.4, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 10.3.3 5.4,14.2.2.2 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance 4.6.5 43.3 Claims for Additional Cost Contract,Definition of 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.35,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8, 10.3.2 1.1.2 Claims for Additional Time CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR 3.2.3,4.3.4,43.7,6.1.1,8.3.2, 10.3.2 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9,14 43.4 Contract Administration Claims for Damages 3.1.3,4,9.4,9.5 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.10,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating 11.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 to Claims Subject to Arbitration 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 4.4.1,4.5.1,4.6.1 Contract Documents,The Cleaning Up 1.1,1.2 3.15,6.3 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1.6,2.2.5,5.3 13.7 Contract Documents,Definition of Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to 1.1.1 2.2.1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2.1, Contract Sum 5.2.3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1, 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6, 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1,9.4.2, 11.5.1 9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2 ' Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contract Sum,Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 Communications Facilitating Contract Contract Time Administration 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1,8.2, 3.9.1,4.2.4 8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2 Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time,Definition of 1.6.1,3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 8.1.1 +irh 9.9.1,9.10,12.2,13.7, 14.1.2 CONTRACTOR COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND 3 9 Contractor,Definition of Completion,Substantial 3.1,6.1.2 11► 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Contractor's Construction Schedules 9.10.4.2, 12.2, 13.7 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees AIA Document A201re—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARMNG:This AIAO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of 1%may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18!2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 511012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (355266&520) wr 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 6.2.5,3.14 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractor's Liability Insurance Contractors 11.1 3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.4, 12.2.4 and Owner's Forces Damage to the Work 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages,Claims for �,, 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.10,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7, 11.4.8 11.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect Damages for Delay 1.1.2, 1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2 3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2, Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of 4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4, 8.1.2 9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3,11.4.7, 12, Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of 13.4.2, 13.5 8.1.3 Contractor's Representations Day,Definition of 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 8.1.4 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Decisions of the Architect Work 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5, 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4, 10 9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3 9.4.1,9.5,9.7, 14.1.1.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, 9,7 Rejection and Correction of Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6,9.8.2, 4.3.10, 14.1 9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3 Contractor's Submittals Defective Work,Definition of 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3, 3.5.1 9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.5.2 Definitions Contractor's Superintendent 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 3.9, 10.2.6 4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1, 9.1,9.8.1 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Delays and Extensions of Time Procedures 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 7.4.1,83,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6,8.2, 10, 12,14 Disputes Contractual Liability Insurance 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3,7.3.8 11.1.1.8,11.2,11.3 Documents and Samples at the Site all Coordination and Correlation 3.11 1.2, 1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 Drawings,Definition of Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.1.5 1.6,2.2.5,3.11 Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of 10 Copyrights 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 1.6,3.17 Effective Date of Insurance Correction of Work 8.2.2, 11.1.2 2.3,2.4,3.7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 12.1.2, Emergencies 12.2, 13.7.1.3 4.3.5,10.6, 14.1.1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents Employees,Contractor's 1.2 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, Cost,Definition of 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 7.3.6 Equipment,Labor,Materials and Costs 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 4 7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 11.4, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work Cutting and Patching AIA Document A201*s—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966.1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 4 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of I%may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. _ User Notes: (3552668520) 1.1.3,1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, Insurance,Project Management Protective 3.10,3.12,3.14,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.3,6.2.2,7.1.3,7.3.4, Liability 8.2,9.5,9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3 11.3 Extensions of Time Insurance,Property 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3,7.4.1, 10.2.5,11.4 9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 Insurance,Stored Materials Failure of Payment 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 INSURANCE AND BONDS «r Faulty Work 11 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy Final Completion and Final Payment 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, Insurance Companies,Settlement with r+w 11.4.5, 12.3.1,13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 11.4.10 Financial Arrangements,Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1, 13.2.2,14.1.1.5 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Interest 11`.4 13.6 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interpretation 1 1.2.3,1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 tW Governing Law Interpretations,Written 13.1 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Guarantees(See Warranty) Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required Hazardous Materials 4.6.4 10.2.4,103, 10.5 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.6 1.5.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 1.1.3, 1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 5.2.1 42.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, Indemnification 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10.33, 10.5, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7 Labor Disputes Information and Services Required of the Owner 8.3.1 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3:12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Laws and Regulations 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, 11.2, 11.4 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.LIA14.1.4 9.6.4,9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, Injury or Damage to Person or Property 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 4.3.8;10.2,10.6 Liens Inspections 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.2, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder �► 9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1, 13.5- 4.6.4 Instructions to Bidders Limitations,Statutes of 1.1.1 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 Instructions to the Contractor Limitations of Liability `W 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.2.2, 13.5.2 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18, Insurance 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7,9.10.4, 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.4.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 1 9.10.5, 11 Limitations of Time Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, 11.4.2 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4, Insurance,Contractor's Liability 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, 400 lLl 9.10,11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6,11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, Insurance,Effective Date of 13.7,14 8.2.2,11.1.2 Loss of Use Insurance Insurance,Loss of Use 11.43 11.4.3 Material Suppliers Insurance,Owner's Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.10.5 11.2 Materials,Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 AIA Document A201Te—1997.Copyright O 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright lawn and international Treatles. 5 Unsuthorind reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of it,may result in seven civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the low. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18!2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) •r 0 Materials,Labor,Equipment and 1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2,4.1.2, 1.1.3,1.1.6, 1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, 4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1, 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10, Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4 Procedures of Construction Owner's Financial Capability 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 2.2.1, 13.2.2,14.1.1.5 Mechanic's Lien Owner's Liability Insurance 4.4.8 11.2 t Mediation Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,45,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, 10.5 11.4.3 Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6,7.1,7.4 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.2.2 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 13 2.4,12.2.4.14.2.2.2 Modifications,Definition of Owner's Right to Clean Up 1.1.1 6.3 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1, Award Separate Contracts 9.7,10.3.2, 11.4.1 6.1 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Stop the Work 6.2 2.3 Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 14.3 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,95.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 14.2 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications Notice and Other Instruments of Service 2.2.1,2.3,2.4,32.3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, 1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, Partial Occupancy or Use 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2,14.1, 14.2 9.6.6,9.9, 11.4.1.5 Notice,Written Patching,Cutting and 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8,4.6.5, 3.14,6.25 5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, Patents 12.2.2,12.2.4,133,14 3.17 Ilfl Notice of Testing and Inspections Payment,Applications for 13.5.1,13.5.2 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,93,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, Notice to Proceed 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 8.2.2 Payment,Certificates for Notices,Permits,Fees and 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Observations,Contractor's Payment,Failure of 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 Occupancy Payment,Final 2:2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11:4.1.5 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, Orders,Written 11.4.5, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 13.5.2, 14.3.1 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9,11.5 OWNER Payments,Progress 2 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 40 Owner,Definition of PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 2.1 9 Owner,Information and Services Required of the Payments to Subcontractors 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7,11.4.8, 1 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, 10.3.3, 14.2.1.2 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 PCB Owner's Authority 10.3.1 AIA Document A201=—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Insi tuts of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treatlss. 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penaltles,and wig be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 15�8A4 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_I which expires on 5/10/2005,and is riot for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) Performance Bond and Payment Bond Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 Architect Permits,Fees and Notices 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION Samples by Contractor OF 3.12 10 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6,5.3, wr Polychlorinated Biphenyl 5.4,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 10.3.1 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Product Data,Definition of Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 3.12.2 3.17 go Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings Rules and Notices for Arbitration 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 4.6.2 Progress and Completion Safety of Persons and Property 40 4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1, 14.1.4 10.2,10.6 Progress Payments Safety Precautions and Programs 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1, 10.2, 10.6 Project,Definition of the Samples,Definition of aw 1.1.4 3.12.3 Project Management Protective Liability Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and Insurance 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 113 Samples at the Site,Documents and 1W Project Manual,Definition of the 3.11 1.1.7 Schedule of Values Project Manuals 9.2,93.1 2.2.5 Schedules, wo Project Representatives 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.Constructionl2.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2, 4.2.10 6.1.3 Property Insurance Separate Contracts and Contractors ,V 10.2.5,11.4 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,8.3.1, PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 10 Shop Drawings,Definition of Regulations and Laws 3.12.1 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 9.6.4,9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Site,Use of Rejection of Work 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2.1 Site Inspections Releases and Waivers of Liens 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.5 9.10.2 Site Visits,Architect's Representations 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 rrr 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1, Special Inspections and Testing 9.8.2,9.10.1 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Representatives Specifications,Definition of the 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 1.1.6 13.2.1 Specifications,The Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 4.4,4S,4.6 Statute of Limitations ow Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Stopping the Work 10 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Retainage Stored Materials '" 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Subcontractor,Definition of Conditions by Contractor 5.1.1 AW 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS AIA Document A201 nr—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA*Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will to 7 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/1012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) 1rr g TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Subcontractors,Work by CONTRACT 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, 14 9.6.7 Tests and Inspections Subcontractual Relations 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10 10.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8,14.1, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5 14.2.1,143.2 TIME Submittals 8 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, Time,Delays and Extensions of 9.3,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, Subrogation,Waivers of 7.4.1,83,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 6.1.1, 11.4.5,11A.7 Time Limits Substantial Completion 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, All 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 9.10.4.2,12.2, 13.7 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, Substantial Completion,Definition of 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6,11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 9.8.1 13.7,14 Substitution of Subcontractors Time Limits on Claims 5.2.3,5.2.4 43.2,43.4,43.8,4.4,4S,4.6 Substitution of Architect Title to Work 4.1.3 9.3.2,9.3.3 Substitutions of Materials UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 3.4.2,3.5.1,7.3.7 WORK Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 12 lIM 5.1.2 Uncovering of Work Subsurface Conditions 12.1 4.3.4 Unforeseen Conditions Successors and Assigns 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3 13.2 Unit Prices Superintendent 4.3.9,7.3.3.2 3.9,10.2.6 Use of Documents Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 1.2.2,33,3.4,3.12.10,4,2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Site 6.2.4,7.13,7.3.6, 8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10, 12,14 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety Values,Schedule of 4.4.7,5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3, 14.2.2 9.2,93.1 Surety,Consent of Waiver of Claims by the Architect 9.10.2,9.10.3 13.4.2 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Contractor MIO 2.2.3 4.3.10,9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Owner 14.4 4.3.10,9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, Suspension of the Work 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4 5.4.2, 14.3 Waiver of Consequential Damages Suspension or Termination of the Contract 43.10,14.2.4 4.3.6,5.4.1.1,11.4.9, 14 Waiver of Liens Taxes 9.10.2,9.10.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,73.6.4 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Contractor 6.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7 4.3.10,14.1 Warranty Termination by the Owner for Cause 3.5,4.2.9,43.53,933,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4,12.2.2, 4.3.10,5.4.1.1,14.2 13.7.13 Termination of the Architect Weather Delays 4.1.3 4.3.7.2 Termination of the Contractor Work,Definition of 14.2.2 1.1.3 Written Consent AIA Document A201>ti—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1963,1968,1987,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 8 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of 1%may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. Us Notes: (3552668520) er r. 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8,4.6.5, 100 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, Written Interpretations 12.2.2, 12.2.4,13.3, 14 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Written Orders A, Written Notice 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 wr +rtr +per w rrr w w wr rrr MVP to W ere AIA Document A2011m—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 9 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order sw No.1000117582-1 which expires on 511012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) VW ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements(advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). §1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and Architect or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. §1.1.3 THE WORK The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by r the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. §1.1ATHE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. §1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams. §1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. §1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. §12 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. §1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not 0 control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. to AIA Document A201Tr—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 10 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 15:08A4 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: 40 w §1.3 CAPITALIZATION ANN §1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles or(3)the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any" and articles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 10 §1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor.If either the Owner or Contractor or rr+r both do not sign all the Contract Documents,the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. §1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE §1.6.1 The Drawings,Specifications and other documents,including those in electronic form,prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described.The Contractor may retain one record set.Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants,and unless otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights,in addition to the copyrights.All copies of Instruments of Service,except the Contractor's record set,shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request,upon completion of the Work.The Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants,and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project.They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the 4 Owner,Architect and the Architect's consultants.The Contractor,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice,if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants.Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants'copyrights or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 2 OWNER §'2.1 GENERAL §2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the ' Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means a the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights.Such rw information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. §2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER §2.2.1 The Owner shall,at the written request of the Contractor,prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract.Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or r AIA Document A2017m—1997.Copyright O 1911.1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA°Document Is protected by US.Copyright law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15,08A4 on 08118/2004 under Order IMP No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) w r continuation of the Work.After such evidence has been furnished,the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. §22.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Section 3.7.1,which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. §2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. §2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness.Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. §2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor will be furnished,free of charge,such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. §2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK §2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract ► Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. §2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK §2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period.If the Contractor within such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,correct such deficiencies.In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect or failure.Such action by the Owner and amounts t charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect.If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 GENERAL §3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. §3.12 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. §32 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR §32.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the Work,the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the AIA Document A201'"A—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Low and international Treaties. 12 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALO Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15,08A4 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: wr Work,as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3,shall take field measurements of so any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents;however,any errors,inconsistencies or am omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. §3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the VIP Architect,but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes, ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the or Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. §3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall'make Claims as provided in Sections 4.3.6 and 4.3.7.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.The Contractor shall not be liable to the .r Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors,inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error,inconsistency,omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. law 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract,unless the Contract Documents aw give other specific instructions concerning these matters.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and,except as stated below,shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means,methods, techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques,sequences or ,w procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, INS Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that 10W such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work Oar 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. aw §3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. to AIA Document A201Tr—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1987,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 3 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of It may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be or prosecuted to the maximum extent possisis under the taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is riot for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) wrr §3.5 WARRANTY t §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized,may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,modifications not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. §3.6 TAXES §3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely 66 scheduled to go into effect. §3.7 PERMITS,FEES AND NOTICES §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees,licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. §3.72 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work §3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations.However,if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing,and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. §3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. §3.8 ALLOWANCES §3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. §3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work §3.9 SUPERINTENDENT §3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.Important AIA Document A201^r—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 14 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/182004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: � � op communications shall be confirmed in writing.Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES eer §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents,and shall to provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. §3.102 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current,for the Architect's approval,a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review AGO submittals. §3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to welt the Owner and Architect. §3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE §3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications, aw Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction,and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar required submittals.These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. .a. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES §'3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams,schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of 100 the Work. §3.122 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams and or other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. §3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged 4110 §3.12A Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept 1010 expressed in the Contract Documents.Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. One §3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with 4W reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors.Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. %W §3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals,the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. War §3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been it approved by the Architect. AIA Document A201*a—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright taw and International Treatles. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document,or any portion of It may result In severe dull and criminal penalties,and will be 15 Yra prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:0894 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) NW §3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. §3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. §3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria , that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional,whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations, specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional.Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval whedsubmitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and completeness of the services,certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals,provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take Mf other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. §3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law,ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. §3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING §3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. §3.142 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor,such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. §3.15 CLEANING UP - §3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the Work,the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. §3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. AIA Document A201^'—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Ail rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International 7rsatles 6 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of it,may result in severs chdi and criminal penalties,end will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:084 on 08/18!2004 under larder No.1 0001 17582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is riot for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: w 1w §3.16 ACCESS TO WORK §3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. §3.17 ROYALTIES,PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent,the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the "1e Architect. §3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims,damages,losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Section 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to w attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. " §3.182 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, .rr compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT so §4.1 ARCHITECT §4:1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. .ae §4.11 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,_modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect. +rrr Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. §4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former N Architect. §4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT §421 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents,and will be �+* an Owner's representative(1)during construction,(2)until final payment is due and(3)with the Owner's concurrence,from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Section 12.2.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. rr §4.2.2 The Architect,as a representative of the Owner,will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations(1)to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress we and quality of the portion of the Work completed,(2)to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and AlA Document A201 m.—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNINGI:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treats. 17 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under 00 law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.100011758Z I which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) *r deficiencies in the Work,and(3)to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of,nor be responsible for,the construction means,methods, techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since 46 these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents,except as provided in Section 3.3.1. §42.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract.Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect.Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. §4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. §4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever 1f the Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed.However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work §4.17 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract tlr Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3,3.5 and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect,of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. §4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion,will receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties yip and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor,and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201r"—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937 1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AW Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 1 S Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08118/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: W §4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of,the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Section 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. §4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable +r from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. War §4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. �r §4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §.4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms,payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.Claims must be initiated by written notice.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. §4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. §4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance.Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. .err §4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are(1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature,which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the OWN Contract Documents,then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in.no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the ANY Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision.If """ the conditions encountered are materially different,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to AW Section 4.4. §4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work Prior notice is not required ew for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.6. §t3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a written interpretation from the Architect,(2)an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, so (3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect,(4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5) termination of the Contract by the Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds,Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Section 4.3. ar AIA Document A201TN—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trafties, 9 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of 1%may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order 0001 No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5110!2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) vow §4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time §4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given.The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work.In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. §4.3.72 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. §4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other 10 party to investigate the matter. §4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally 0 contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. §4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of illi such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit oil except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Section 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES §4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising under Sections 10.3 through 10.5,shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect.The taut Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. §4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party,(2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that,in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim §4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision.The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. §4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data,advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part AIA Docunent A201^r-1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA!Document Is protscted by U.S.Copyright taw and International Trestles. 20 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA'Document,or any portion of 1%may result in severe civil and erhnind pamitles,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 1508b4 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_7 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. 135526685201 User Notes: to be go §4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. ON §4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and(2)a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision,then failure to demand arbitration wrr within said 30 days'period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,such decision may be entered as evidence,but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. wr §4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and err request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. §4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in 010, accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration. §4.5 MEDIATION AW §4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall,after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect,be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the be institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. §4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration 4100 Association currently in effect.Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but,in such event,mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer. ow period by agreement of the parties or court order. §4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall 400 be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §4.6 ARBITRATION §4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those "r' waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10,9.10.4 and 9.10.5,shall,after decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect,be subject to arbitration.Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5. 100 §4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the 010 Contract and with the American Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. §4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Sections 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen,and in no event shall it be made 00 after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Section 13.7. 410 AIA Document A201 m.—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA!Document is protected by U.S.Copyright law and International Trashes, 21 Unauthorlmd reproduction or distribution of this A1A Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe chril and criminal penalties,and will be Ore prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15.08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1 0 0 0 1 1 7582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) w. §4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect,the Architect's employees or consultants,except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect,Owner,Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined.No arbitration shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,parties other than the Owner,Contractor,a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration.No person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial.Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein.The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. §4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 DEFINITIONS §5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. §5.12 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to tai perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. 11111 §5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK §52.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity.Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no tI reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. §5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. AIA Document A201M—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright law and International Treaties. 22 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be I prosecuted which expires on extent possible 005,under and is not for resale.document���by AIA software at 15-08:04 on 08/1812004 Under Order (3552668520) User Notes: SON NOW §5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS §5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, wN including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work,which the Contractor,by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect.Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically wr provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The rrer Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents.Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of 000 such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. §5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS §5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided %W that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing;and """ .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract. O §5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS law §6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS §6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those No portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation.If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Section 4.3. §6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. §6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so.The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations '! related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract,including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. §6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY §6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the M, Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201re—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937 1951,19-58,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIAj Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 23 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08,04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is rat for resale. User Notes: (35SMSM) trr §6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by 1N the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work,except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. §6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor.The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. §6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. §6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. §6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 140 §6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK §7.1 GENERAL §7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor and Architect;a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor;an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. §7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents,and the Contractor shall proceed promptly,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. §7.2 CHANGE ORDERS §7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. §7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.3.3. §7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES §7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract 46 Time,or both.The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. §7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. AIA Document A201"'—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951.1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This A10 Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright taw and International Trestles. 24 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: 1400 See §7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; AW I unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Section 7.3.6. +ra► §7,3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any, gar provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. §7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor wa, therewith,including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them.Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. §7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, aw the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum,a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit.In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with 4W shall supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor,including social security,old age and unemployment insurance,fringe benefits No required by agreement or custom,and workers'compensation insurance; I costs of materials,supplies and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor war or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales,use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. wsr §7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall 'aa be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. §7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,amounts not in wr dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties'agreement with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs.That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the MW right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. §7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such so agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 4010 §7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK §7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor.The Contractor so shall carry out such written orders promptly. AIA Document A201 re—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 25 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA*Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be ,o- prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) err ARTICLE 8 TIME §8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided,Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. ► §8.12 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. §8.1.4 The term"day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. +0 §8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION §81.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 40 §8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. §82.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. to §8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME §8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect,or of an employee of either,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,or by labor disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control,or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration,or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. §8.32 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.3. §8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION §9.1 CONTRACT SUM §9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. §9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES §9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work,prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect,shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. §9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT §9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized,if required,and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to AIA Document A20170—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Archftecls. All rights reserved WARNING:This NO Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 26 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of It may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08A4 on 081182004 under Order N0.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668.520) User Notes: Ise per payment as the Owner or Architect may require,such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. §9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.8,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in +rrr the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. §9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor `ar does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. §9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and ` equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance:by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. +air §9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, 400 security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor,Subcontractors,material suppliers,or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work. §9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT §9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding "a certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. §9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that the Work 410 has progressed to the point indicated and that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion aar and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on- No site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work,(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures,(3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment,or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum- ow §9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot No be made.If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of ' subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible,including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2,because of: r„r .1 defective Work not remedied; AIA Document A20170—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American instkule of Architects. All rights roswved. WARNING:Thle A10 Document is protected by U.S.Copyright taw and International Trestles. 27 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of It,may result In severs civil and criminal permfthm and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 15:08A4 on 08/18/2004 under order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) 4�r .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; 3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; A reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor, .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. §9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and 0 within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. §9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the amount to which said 1W Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work.The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to mate payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. to §9.6.3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. §9.6A Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. §9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. §9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both,under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. §9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT §9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201"m—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,193,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Ali rights reserved WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by US.Copyright Law and International Treatim 28 Unauthorized reproduction or prosecuted to maxima extent ipossible under�the law. This ddocument was produced by AIA software at 15:81:04 on�1�8/2004 under order wili be No.1 0001 17582_1 which expires on 5/1otwo%and is not for resale. (35S88520) User Notes: 40 +err §9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. §9.82 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or ear designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If the Architect's inspection discloses any item,whether or not included on the Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the Contractor shall,before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification aw by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. §9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Wr Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion 0 of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written go acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.Upon such acceptance and consent of surety,if any,the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof.Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ea §9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE §9.9A The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the +w Work.Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage,if any,security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract aa+ Documents.When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2.Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement ®r between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. §9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the law Work §9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT §9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment,the Architect will promptly make such inspection and,when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in AlA Doaanent A201>r—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,193,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treatise, 29 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of It,may result le severe civil and criminal psnaltles,and will be 00 prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AW software at 15:08:04 on 08H 8/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/1012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) ow the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further r representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits 0 to the Architect(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to to expire until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to the Owner,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment and(5),if required by the Owner,other data 16 establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts,releases and waivers of liens,claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien.If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. §9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted If the remaining balance for Work not frilly completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment.Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. 9.10A The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. §9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a rrli waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS §10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. §10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site,under care,custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub- subcontractors;and tip 3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements, roadways,structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. §10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss. AIA Document A201-—1997.Copyright©1911,1915 1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AI0 Document to protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles, 30 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of It may result in severe dvil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: w.r § 400 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,includin g posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. war §10.2A When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. r §10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Olen Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. §10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. §10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. +rr. §10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS §10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB), +er encountered on the site b the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing Y po the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. r §10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify that it has been rendered harmless.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests see verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner.If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection.When the material or substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be ew accomplished as provided in Article 7. §10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,Iosses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself)and provided that such damage,loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. A0 §10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Section 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. 100 AIA Document A201re—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIAe Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treathm 31 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of It may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be 401P prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15.08 /2004 4 on 08!78 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is riot for resale. User Notes: .(3552668520) irr Iii► §10.5 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of f a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. §10.6 EMERGENCIES §10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Section 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable,whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of the Contractor's employees; ' .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury,death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;and .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. §11.12 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required bylaw,whichever coverage is greater.Coverages,whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis,shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. r► §11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'prior written 4111 notice has been given to the Owner.If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2.Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. §112 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE �► §112.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE §11.3.1 Optionally,the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective 46 Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's,Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner.The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Sections 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. AIA Document A201 1N—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This Ale Document is protected In savers copyright and and criminal International penalties,and�aril m 32 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08A4 on 08/18/2004 under Order N0.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. (355266 520) User Notes: low yrr §11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages,except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 4W §_11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner,Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Section 11.1. 400 §11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE §11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided,the Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum,plus value of subsequent Contract etr modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles.Such property insurance shall be maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are 4W beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later.This insurance shall include interests of the Owner,the Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors in the Project. aw 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an"all-risk"or equivalent policy form and shall include,without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious mischief,collapse,earthquake,flood,windstorm,falsework, i1jp1 testing and startup,temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements,and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. as §11.4.12 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above,the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner.If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above,without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. ar §11;4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles,the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. §11.4.1 A This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of the Work in transit. §11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise.The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall,without mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that rrer would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. §11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance.The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law,which shall specifically cover such insured objects during +rr installation and until final acceptance by the Owner;this insurance shall include interests of the Owner,Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. §11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance.The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused.The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused .r+ AIA Document A201>r—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe chdi and criminal penalties,and will be 33 we prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AiA software at 15:08:04 on 08/1=004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is riot for resale. User Notes: (35526680) "r III §11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy,the Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. §11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance.All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. §11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.4.Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions,definitions,exclusions and endorsements related to this Project.Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be reduced,until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. f §11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,each of the other,and(2)the Architect,Architect's consultants,separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and any of their subcontractors,sub-subcontractors, agents and employees,for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary.The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate,shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants,separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and the subcontractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees of any of them,by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for validity,similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein.The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise,did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly,and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. §11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear,subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.4.10.The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor,and by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for validity,shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. §11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall,upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties.The cost of required bonds shall be charged against ' proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received,which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Section 4.6.If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience,replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. §11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power;if such objection is made,the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Sections 4.5 and 4.6.The Owner as fiduciary shall,in the case of arbitration,make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. §11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BONDy §11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract ALA Document A201"A—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1916,1925,193,1951,1956,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AtO Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright taw and International Trestles. 34 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this ALA!Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by ALA software at 15-08:04 on 08/18/2004 undue Order No.1000117582 1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. (3552668520) User Notes: 40 ties aw §11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ar ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK §12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK §'12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents,it must,if required in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. §12.11 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If .ar such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be at the Owner's expense.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate „r„ contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. §12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK §12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION r §12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly convect Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed.Costs of convecting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the 40 Contractor's expense. §12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ar §12.22.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1,or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor ew shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the Owner waives the rights to require +Ir correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty.If the Contractor fails to convect nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. §12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work err §12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. .r §12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,whether completed or 400 partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §122.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract 1W AIA Document A201 n—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American InsdUe of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA*Document Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 35 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this A10 Document,or any portion of 1%may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be so• prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08b4 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_I which expires on 5/10/2005,and is rat for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) rr Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. §12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK §12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §13.1 GOVERNING LAW §13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located 0 §13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS §13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives of such other 00 party in respect to covenants,agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in Section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other.If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. §13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project.In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. §13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE §13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. §13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES §13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. §13.42 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as maybe specifically agreed in writing. §13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS §13.5.1 Tests,inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances,rules,regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.The Owner shall bear costs of tests,inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. §13.52 If the Architect,Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional,testing,inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.Such costs,except as provided in Section 13.5.3,shall be at the Owner's expense. AIA Document A201 r"—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,197 , Law and and 1997 by Trestles 36 American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIAe Document to protected by U.S.Copyright and will s,be Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of if,may ALA resulltt et 1 cMI a on criminal 2004 Order prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was Produced by No.1000117582_1 which expires on 511012005,and is not for resale. User Notes: vn We §13.5.3 If such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. .1. §13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. arrr §13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid low unreasonable delay in the Work. §13.6 INTEREST 1 w §13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or,in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. err §13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD §13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to ran and any alleged X1W cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final +w Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to rum and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under urw Section 3.5,the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12.2,or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. rsr ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR §14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to .rr be stopped; I an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of err the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or A the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly,upon the Contractor's request,reasonable wr evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work so under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the.entire Work AIA Document A201 r—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. $7 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA°Document,or any portion of It,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be r�r prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AiA software at 15:08:04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582 1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: t3552666rSpl �r by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. §14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a r Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. §14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSEi §14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction;or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. §1422 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action,may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if any,seven days' written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may,subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; tli .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.Upon request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. §1423 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. §1424 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by the Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. §14.3 SUSPENSION BYTHE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE §14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. §14.32 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit.No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. AIA Document A201Te—1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,193,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. A0 rights reserved WARNING:This AIA Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties. 38 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIAe Document,or any portion of It,may result le severe dull and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was Produced by AIA software at 15:08-04 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582_1 which expires on 5/10/2005,and is rat for resale. (355266&520) user Notes: 10 iae §14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE §14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. §14.42 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the eir Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. r §14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. ear ear err rrt sar ear war Tarr ANY 010 �r AIA Document A201=-1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1967,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved WARNING:This AIAe Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trestles. 39 Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA!Document,or any portion of 1%may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be aw prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:08A4 on 08/18/2004 under Order No.1000117582-1 which expires on 5110/2005,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3552668520) w 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 00800 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, 1997 edition, as a part of these Contract Documents. r• ARTICLE 1 -COMPLIANCE WITH WAGE RATES AND FILING OF "INTENT TO PAY PREVAILING WAGES' HEREINAFTER CALLED "INTENT"AND "AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID" 2.1 "Prevailing Wages on Public Works"-The Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with 39.12 RCW and amendments 'Prevailing Wages on Public Works."The prevailing rate wages to be paid to all workers, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance therewith. 2.2 Current prevailing wage data will be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. Requests shall be made to the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries. Wage data is also available at http://www.ini.wa.gov/prevailingwage/prev wage rates.htm The Contractor is responsible for paying the appropriate wage rates. 2.3 The Contractor, and all Subcontractors, on or before the date of commencement of work, shall file a statement under oath with the City and with the Director of Labor and Industries certifying the rate of hourly wages paid to each classification of laborers, workers, or mechanics employed to perform work under this Contract shall not be less than the prevailing rate of wages determined by the Washington State Labor and Industries. Such statement and any supplemental statements which may be necessary shall be filed in accordance with the practices .. and procedures required by the Department of Labor and Industries. 2.4 Copies of all "Intents"shall be on file with the Contractor, the Industrial Statistician, and the City. `w 2.5 "Affidavits of Wages Paid"-upon completion of project, the Contractor shall fully execute and file"Affidavit of Wages Paid"with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries and any other agencies required by ON law. Sample copy enclosed herein. Copies shall be provided to the City prior to Final Completion, Final Payment and release of Retainage. Each affidavit of wages paid must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries '� before it is submitted. 2.6 All costs and fees for and associated with the"Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" and "Affidavits of Wages Paid" are to be paid by the Contractor. ARTICLE 2- STATE LICENSING LAW The Contractor agrees to comply with all requirements of Chapter 18.27 RCW. The Contractor agrees and covenants to furnish unto the Owner proper evidence that the Contractor has fully complied with the State Licensing Law of the State of Washington, Chapter 18.27 RCW, and a Contractor's Certificate of Registration shall be in full force and effect throughout the work project herein above enumerated, prior to starting work. ARTICLE 3- NON-DISCRIMINATION w The Contractor shall offer equal opportunity to all qualified employees and applicants for employment without regard to the race, creed, color, sex, national origin, age, or disability. 4W 15 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 ARTICLE 4-CITY OF RENTON BUSINESS LICENSE Prior to signing a contract the contractor agrees to purchase a City of Renton Business License and maintain the license in full force and effect throughout the work of the project. License may be purchased from the City Finance Department located on the First Floor of the City Hall Building, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA. „ ARTICLE 5- SITE AND STREET CLEANING so Contractors working dump trucks and/or other equipment on paved streets and roadways will be required to clean said streets at the conclusion of each day's operation or as directed by the City. If the area is not properly cleaned or the condition of the excavation warrants or if required by other City or State ordinances or requirements, the to Owner shall direct the Contractor to provide facilities to remove clay or other deposits from the tires or between dual wheels before trucks and/or other equipment will be allowed to travel beyond the construction site. Any violation of the above requirements shall be sufficient ground for the Owner to order the area in question cleaned by others, the cost of the operation to be deducted from the Contract amount. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to control dust at the construction site by watering as required or as directed by the Owner. All costs 40 in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction and payment shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. ARTICLE 6- PERFORMANCE BOND (CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT BOND): The Contractor shall execute and deliver to the Owner a bond on the form included in this Contract Documents, with an approved surety company, as surety in the sum of the full amount of the contract price including the Washington State Sales Tax, in compliance with the Revised Codes of Washington, and any amendments thereto. The bond shall also guarantee the Contractor's material and workmanship on the project for a period of one(1) year from the date of the issuance of his Certificate of Substantial Completion by the Architect. ARTICLE 7-TRAFFIC SAFETY AND STREET USE: The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of barricades and the safety guards and any other structures of improvement necessary for the complete protection of the public or workers including traffic study requirements as directed by the City in consultation with the Public Works and Police Departments. The Contractor shall further abide by all rules and regulations of OSHA as amended or supplemented by WISHA. Contractor shall be responsible for any permits required due to construction activity or staging in the public right-of-way including, but not limited to, traffic control and flaggers as required by City Public Works Department. All costs in connection with the above work shall be considered as incidental to the construction and payment shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items comprising this improvement. ARTICLE 8- PERMITS: The Owner will pay directly for the Building Permit. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to apply for and pay for the plumbing, mechanical, electrical and elevator permits and to secure all other Municipal, County,or State permits and licenses necessary or incident to the actual performance of the work under this Contract that have not been addressed in the contract documents, and shall, during the work progress, comply with all laws, ordinances, and governmental regulations pertaining to carrying out of the work. .r END OF SECTION 16 200 Mill Street, Renton WA - 6/8/2004 SECTION 00810 - INSURANCE CONDITIONS MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE AND REQUIREMENTS The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, 1997 edition, as a part of these Contract Documents. ,W The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance coverage set forth below. By requiring such minimum insurance, CITY OF RENTON shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and/or prudent, maintain higher limits and/or broader coverage. (1) Commercial General Liability-Acord Form or equivalent, written on an occurrence basis, including: �' • Premises and Operations (Including CG 2503 general aggregate to apply per project if applicable) • Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazards a" • Products/Completed Operations •Contractual Liability • Broad Form Property Damage "o • Independent Contractors • Personal/Advertising Injury •Stop Gap Liability aw (2) Automobile Liability including all a, • Owned Vehicles • Non-Owned Vehicles • Hired Vehicles (3) Workers'Compensation • Statutory Benefits-Show Washington Labor& Industries Number .. (4) Umbrella Liability 9W • Excess of Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability. Coverage should be as broad as primary. (5) Builder's Risk(for new construction only; City will procure Builder's Risk for remodels) N, • Builder's Risk insurance covering interests of the City, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work shall be provided by the Contractor. Builder's Risk insurance shall be on an "all-risk" policy form, and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage, including flood and „w earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, temporary buildings and debris removal. The Builder's Risk insurance covering the work will have a deductible of$5,000 for each occurrence, which will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Higher deductibles for flood and earthquake perils may be accepted by the City to upon written request by the Contractor and written acceptance by the City.Any increased deductibles accepted by the City will remain the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builder's Risk insurance shall be maintained until Final Acceptance of the Work by the City. to 17 VOW 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 CONTRACTORS INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall carry the following limits of liability as required below: Commercial General Liability General Aggregate" $2,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 Personal/Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Fire Damage (Any One Fire) $ 50,000 Medical Payments (Any One Person) $ 5,000 Stop Gap Liability $1,000,000 *General Aggregate to apply per project Automobile Liability Bodily Injury/Property Damage $1,000,000 (Each Accident) Workers' Compensation Statutory Benefits- Show Washington Labor& Industries Number Umbrella Liability Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Builder's Risk Shall be written in the amount of the completed value of the project with no coinsurance provisions. Pollution Liability(If required) Per Loss $ 1,000,000 Aggregate $ 1,000,000 , Wr r 18 rr� 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR shall Name CITY OF RENTON, and its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers as Additional Insureds (ISO Form CG 2010 or equivalent). CONTRACTOR shall provide CITY OF RENTON Certificates of Insurance and copies of policies, if at our sole discretion it is deemed appropriate further, all policies of insurance described above shall: 1) Be on a primary basis nor contributory with any other insurance coverage and/or self-insurance carded by CITY OF RENTON. 1w 2) Include a Waiver of Subrogation Clause. 3) Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) 4) Policy may not be non-renewed, canceled or materially changed or altered unless forty-five (45) days prior written ow notice is provided to CITY OF RENTON. Notification shall be provided to CITY OF RENTON by certified mail. An example of an acceptable cancellation clause is as follows: aw "Should any of the above described policies be canceled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company Will eRdeavef to mail 45 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left. But failyFe te SUGh netise 00 shall iMPGGe RE)ebligat'GR E)F!'ability of any kind upon the GOMpany, its agents 9F FepFeseRtate 40 The CONTRACTOR shall promptly advise the CITY OF RENTON in the event any general aggregate or other aggregate limits are reduced below the required per occurrence limit. At his or her own expense the CONTRACTOR will reinstate the aggregate limits to comply with the minimum requirements and shall furnish to the CITY OF RENTON a new certificate of go insurance showing such coverage is in force. ow Required insurance coverage shall be maintained throughout the term of this contract, except Automobile Liability and Workers' Compensation, for a period of two (2) years after the date of substantial completion of the project. On all Certificates of Insurance, the Certificate Holder shall be listed as "City of Renton, Washington,Attention: Peter `"` Renner, Facilities Director" VW 4W 19 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 No ow SECTION 00910 - BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON FORM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: to That we,the undersigned aw as principal, and corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of as a surety corporation, "" and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations,as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of we Renton in the penal sum$ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs,administrators or person representatives,as the case may be. aw This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington,the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at , Washington, this day of , 20 to Nevertheless,the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Public Works Construction Contract CAG- providing for construction 40 of Project Name so the principal is required to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the contract;and WHEREAS,the principal has accepted,or is about to accept,the contract,the undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the 00 manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, if the principal shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time No therein set forth,or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract,and shall pay all laborers,mechanics, subcontractors and material men,and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said City of Renton harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance wr as specified in the contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the City of Renton,then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. ow Principal Surety - QW Signature Surety's Address r Name and Title Agent's Signature g Name and Title aw 20 .w 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 Wx DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 �r SCOPE OF WORK,AND ALTERNATES,&MANDATORY SEQUENCES PART 1 -GENERAL Ow 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall complete the chiller installation as shown on the plans and noted in the specifications consisting of go all equipment and accessories required for complete and satisfactory operation. 1.2 SCOPE(SEE SHEET M-1) "w 1.3 MANDATORY SEQUENCES A. The work must be completed within 60 days of contract award. Failure to have a complete,factual system completed per +r the contract documents will result in a$250 SECTION 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 MEETINGS rr A. After the contract is awarded a pre-construction meeting will be held as directed by the Engineer. Those in attendance shall include the Owner's field representative,the contractor,sub-contractors,and the Engineer. At this meeting special considerations will include the scheduling of the work,safety,delivery of equipment,and other pertinent items. B. Weekly job meetings will be established under the direction of the Engineer. 1.2 COORDINATION ww A. All work is to be coordinated with the Owner's Representative so the building can continue to be occupied and in use during the construction. aw B. Provide a two week schedule updated weekly. 1.3 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A. When the building is protected by fire-protection systems,such systems shall be maintained operational at all times during alteration. ow B. When alteration required modification of a portion of a fire-protection system,the remainder of the system shall be kept in service. W hen it is necessary to shut down the entire system,a fire watch shall be kept on site until the system is returned to service. 4W r go err 21 ow 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL I.l SCOPE A. The work under this section is to take care of any necessary cutting,patching,painting,or repairing of the existing building to restore it to original condition after all work has been completed. 1.2 INTERIOR WALLS A. All interior surfaces shall be cut as required to accommodate the new work. Patch and repaint as required to restore the structure to its original condition. 1.3 EXTERIOR WALLS A. All exterior surfaces cut to accommodate the new work shall be patched and repaired to match the existing. Provide pipe sleeves as required. Patch and point up steel wall and make all openings weatherproof. SECTION 01310 SUBMITTALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Within fourteen days after award of contract,this Contractor shall submit six(6)sets of submittals showing make,type, manufacturer's name and trade designation of all materials and equipment he proposes to use and furnish. This submittal shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's complete specification(six copies)for equipment items or materials used. Give complete information as to capacities,ratings,kind of material used,finish,guarantee,etc.,and such dimensions as are necessary to check space requirements. When approved,such submittal and drawings shall be an addition to these specifications and shall be in equal force in that no variation shall be permitted. The Engineer is to be the sole judge as to the quality of-any material offered as an equal. B. Product Data, Shop Drawings: Within 30 days after award of contract,submit 6 sets of Manufacturer's catalog data for ach manufactured item. 1. Literature shall include enough information to show compliance with Contract Document requirements. 2. Mark literature to indicate specific item with applicable data underlined. 3. Information shall include but not be limited to capacities,ratings,type of material used,guarantee,and such dimensions as are necessary to check space requirements. 4. When approved,submittal shall be an addition to Contract Documents and shall be in equal force.No variation shall be permitted. C. Drawings of Record: One complete set of blue line mechanical drawings shall be provided for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. Provide an electronic copy of the record drawings in DWG(AutoCAD)or DXF format. D. Operating Instructions and Service Manual: The Mechanical Contractor shall prepare 2 copies of an Operation and Maintenance Manual for all mechanical systems and equipment used in this project. Provide an electronic copy of the lflli record drawings in DWG(AutoCAD)or DXF format. SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL +viii 1.1 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 22 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 ow A. Temporary utilities usage shall be arranged for through the owner and all utility charges will be paid for by the owner. B. Use of existing toilet facilities will be arranged for through the Owner's Representative. C. Telephone service will not be provided by the owner and local office phones will not be available for use by the contractor. wr SECTION 01600 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART1 -GENERAL �r 1.1 PRODUCTS A. By specific designation and description, standards are established for specialties and equipment. r B. Other makes of specialties and equipment of equal quality will be considered provided such proposed substitutions are submitted to the Engineer for his approval at least ten calendar days prior to bid. A schedule showing make,type, manufacturer's name and trade designation of all materials and equipment proposed as a substitution shall be submitted, together with a single copy of the manufacturer's complete specification. we SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT to PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1W A. All of the following items must be completed prior to final inspection. No exceptions will be made and no final payment will be made until all items are completed. wd B. Cleaning Equipment and Premises: Thoroughly clean all parts of the apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement,plaster and other materials and all oil and grease spots shall be removed. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out.Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust and other spots and left smooth and clean. Trap elements shall VW be removed during cleaning and flushing period,after which they shall be replaced and adjusted. C. Operating Instructions and Service Manual: The Mechanical Contractor shall prepare three copies of an Operation and err Maintenance Manual for all mechanical systems and equipment used in this project.These manuals shall be considered a part of the final inspection and shall be submitted for approval at least 30 days in advance of request for final inspection. After approval of a copy of the manual by the Engineer the manuals shall be furnished to the Owner for distribution. No Manuals shall be bound in 3-ring binders and the front cover and spine of each binder shall indicate the name and location of the project. Use plastic tab indexes for all sections. Provide a section for each different type of equipment item.The following items shall be included in the manual,together with any other pertinent data.This list is not complete and is to be used as a guide. ow 1. Provide a master index at the beginning of the manual showing all items included. 2. The first section of the manual shall contain: a. Names,addresses,and telephone numbers of Mechanical Engineer,Electrical Engineer,General Contractor, dw Plumbing Contractor, Sheet Metal Contractor,and Temperature Control Contractor. b. List of Suppliers which shall include a complete list of each piece of equipment used with the name,address, and telephone number of vendor. c. General Description of Systems including 1)Location of all major equipment 2)Description of the various rirrr mechanical systems 3)Description of operation and control of the mechanical systems 4)Suggested maintenance schedule d. Copy of contractor's written warranty +err 23 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 Vi 3. Provide a copy of approved submittal literature for each piece of equipment. 4. Provide maintenance and operation literature published by the manufacturer for each piece of equipment which includes: oiling, lubrication and greasing data;belt sizes,types and lengths;wiring diagrams; step-by-step to procedure to follow in putting each piece of mechanical equipment in operation. 5. Include parts numbers of all replaceable items. 6. Provide control diagram and operation sequence,along with labeling of control piping and instruments to match diagram. 7. Include a valve chart indicating valve locations. 8. Include air balance and/or water balance reports. 9. Include all equipment startup sheets. D. Tests and Adjustments: No piping work, fixtures,or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the inspector,who shall be notified when the work is ready for inspection.All work shall be completely installed,tested as required by this section and the city and county ordinances, and shall be leak-tight before the inspection is requested. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspections. E. Drawings of Record: One complete set of blue line mechanical drawings will be provided for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. These drawings shall serve as work progress report sheets and the Contractor shall make all notations neat and legible therein daily as the work proceeds. The drawings shall be kept at the job at a location designated by the Owner's Representative. At completion of the work,these"as-built"drawings shall be signed by the Contractor,dated,and returned to the Engineer. F. Warranty: Contractor shall warrant work as provided by the General Conditions of the contract,(AIA Documents A201, 1997 edition). The contractor shall specifically reference paragraph 3.5,WARRANTY and paragraph 12.2, CORRECTION OF WORK. G. Operation Test: At completion,Contractor shall operate the system for a period of at least two days of eight hours each to demonstrate fulfillment of the requirements of the contract. During this time,all adjustments shall be made to the equipment so that it is in first-class operating condition. The entire system is to be left in operating condition acceptable to the Engineer. H. Finalization and Start-up: Provide training and instruction to owner's operating personnel according to the following Project Finalization and Start-U p form. The form is to be signed by the owner's representative and the contractor indicating acceptance of the training. I. Owner's Instructions 1. Instruct building maintenance personnel and Owner Representative in operation and maintenance of mechanical systems utilizing Operation&Maintenance Manual when so doing. 2. Minimum instruction periods shall be as follows a. Mechanical-Four hours. b. Temperature Control-Two hours. + 1 3. Instruction periods shall occur after Substantial Completion inspection when systems are properly working and before final payment is made. 4. None of these instructional periods shall overlap another. r1i PROJECT FINALIZATION AND START-UP Upon completion of the equipment and systems installation and connections,the contractor shall assemble all equipment factory representative and subcontractors together for system start-up. These people shall assist in start-up and check out their system and remain at the site until the total system operation is acceptable and 06 understood by the owner's representative. The factory representative and system subcontractor shall also give instructions on operation and maintenance of their equipment to the owner's maintenance and/or operation personnel. To prove acceptance of operation and instruction by the owner's representative,the contractor shall prepare a written statement of acceptance explaining same 24 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 dw for his signature. err aw The statement might read as follows: I,the Contractor,associated factory representative and subcontractors have started each system and the total system;and have proven am their normal operation to the owner's representative and have instructed him in the operation and maintenance thereof r er Owner's Representative Contractor Signature Signature Date Date �r DIVISION 02-SITE WORK SECTION 02005 err SCOPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 The work under this section is to take care of any necessary cutting,patching,painting,new work,or repairing of the existing building to restore it to original position after all work has been completed. SECTION 02223 MINOR DEMOLITIONS FOR REMODELING PART1 -GENERAL aw 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal of designated building equipment and fixtures. to B. Removal of designated construction. C. Disposal of materials. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010-Summary: Work sequence and continued occupancy of the building. 25 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS aw A. Conform to applicable code for demolition work,dust control,products requiring electrical disconnection and re-connection. B. Obtain required permits from authorities. C. Do not close or obstruct egress from any building exit or site exit. D. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 3 days'prior written notice to Owner. E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas. no B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify engineer. Do not resume operations until directed. PART 2 PRODUCTS-NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTIONS 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect existing materials and finishes that are not to be demolished. so B. Prevent movement of structure;provide bracing and shoring. C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Disconnect,remove,and identify designated utilities within demolition areas. B. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner.Protect existing supporting structural members. err C. Remove demolished materials from site except where specifically noted otherwise. D. Remove materials as demolition progresses.Upon completion of demolition, leave areas in clean condition. �.r E. Remove temporary facilities. Mrr END OF DIVISION 02000-SITE WORK no �w .w 26 40 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 to DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL +rr 15055- BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 -GENERAL L I RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMM ARY A. Furnish labor,materials,and equipment necessary for completion of work as described in Contract Documents. B. Furnish and install electrical motors required for equipment specified in this division. 1. Submit a single copy of Manufacturer's catalog data including Manufacturer's complete specification for each " proposed substitution. 2. Where motor starters,relays and controls,etc.,are factory assembled into packaged units,they shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor under the mechanical division of the Contract Documents. or 3. Pressure switches,valves,float switches,etc.,shall be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor under the mechanical division of the Contract Documents and shall be connected by the Electrical Contractor. Mechanical Contractor shall furnish Electrical Contractor with necessary wiring diagrams for mechanical equipment. 4. Furnish exact location of electrical connections and complete information on motor controls to Division 16. so C. Furnish and install fire stopping materials to seal penetrations through fire rated structures and draft stops. im D. It is the intent of these specifications that the systems specified herein is to be complete and operational before being turned over to the owner. During the bidding process,the contractor is to ask questions or call to the engineer's attention any items that are not shown or may be required to make the system complete and operational. Once the project is bid and the contractor has accepted the contract, it is his responsibility to furnish and install all equipment and parts necessary to provide a complete and operational system without additional cost to the owner. 1.3 DEFINITIONS do A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms,furred spaces,pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof,spaces above ceilings,unexcavated spaces,crawlspaces,and tunnels. B. Exposed,Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors.Examples include fmished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed,Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed,Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed,Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by 27 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Perform work in accordance with applicable provisions of local and state Plumbing Code,Gas Ordinances,and to adoptions thereof. Provide materials and labor necessary to comply with rules,regulations,and ordinances. 2. In case of differences between building codes,state laws, local ordinances,utility company regulations,and Contract Documents,the most stringent shall govern. Promptly notify Engineer in writing of such differences. B. Identification: Motor and equipment name plates as well as applicable UL and AGA labels shall be in place when Project is turned over to Owner. C. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS DLL, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." D. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and B razing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASM E B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. 1.5 INSPECTIONS AND PERMITS A. Pay for permits, fees,or charges for inspection or other services. Local and state codes and ordinances must be properly executed without expense to Owner and are considered as minimum requirements.Local and state codes and ordinances do not relieve the Contractor from work shown that exceeds minimum requirements. 96 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping,storage,and handling to so prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt,debris,and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. vi 1.7 ADDITIONAL WORK: A. Design is based on equipment as described in the drawing equipment schedule. Any change in foundation bases, electrical wiring,conduit connections,piping,controls and openings required by alternate equipment specified and submitted and approved shall be paid for by this division. All work shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable sections. rA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE,TUBE,AND FITTINGS 06 A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe,tube,and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS 28 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1. ASM E B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch3.2-mm maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face,Class 250,cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. AWW A C 110, rubber,flat face, 1/8 inch3.2 mm thick,unless otherwise indicated;and full-face or ring type,unless otherwise indicated. C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1,carbon steel,unless otherwise indicated. s D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32,lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8,BCuP Series,copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing,unless otherwise indicated and AW S A5.8,BAg1,silver alloy for refrigerant piping,unless otherwise indicated. F. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. G. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138. 2.3 SLEEVES im A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch0.6-mm minimum thickness;round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. ■o B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53,Type E,Grade B, Schedule 40,galvanized,plain ends. C. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured,cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 2.4 GROUT aw A. Description: ASTM C 1107,Grade B,no shrink and nonmetallic,dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening,volume-adjusting,no staining,no corrosive,nongaseous,and recommended for fm interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix:5000-psi34.5-MPa,28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. of PART 3- EXECUTION ws 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Site Inspection: 1. Examine premises and understand the conditions which may affect performance of work of this Division before + +► submitting proposals for this work. 2. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be considered for any consequence related to failure to examine site conditions. ■.r 29 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 B. Drawings: 1. Mechanical drawings show general arrangement of piping,ductwork,equipment,etc,and do not attempt to show complete details of building construction which affect installation. This Contractor shall refer to architectural, structural,and electrical drawings for additional building detail which affect installation of his work. a. Follow mechanical drawings as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit. b. No extra payments will be allowed where piping and/or ductwork must be offset to avoid other work or where minor changes are necessary to facilitate installation. C. Everything shown on the mechanical drawings shall be the responsibility of Mechanical Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Consider architectural and structural drawings part of this work insofar as these drawings furnish information relating to design and construction of building. These drawings take precedence over mechanical drawings. + 3. Because of small scale of mechanical drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,fittings,and accessories which may be required. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly,providing such fittings,valves,and accessories required to meet conditions. Do not scale drawings for locations of equipment or piping. C. Insure that items to be furnished fit space available. Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements including those for connections and furnish and install equipment of size and shape so final installation shall suit true intent and meaning of Contract Documents. rr 1. If approval is received to use other than specified items,responsibility for specified capacities and insuring that items to be furnished will fit space available lies with this Division. 2. If non-specified equipment is used and it will not fit job site conditions,this Contractor assumes responsibility for replacement with items named in Contract Documents. 3.2 PREPARATION IN A. Cut carefully to minimize necessity for repairs to existing work. Do not cut beams,columns,or trusses. 1. Patch and repair walls, floors,ceilings,and roofs with materials of same quality and appearance as adjacent surfaces unless otherwise shown. Surface finishes shall exactly match existing finishes of same materials. 2. Each Section of this Division shall bear expense of cutting,patching,repairing,and replacing of work of other Sections required because of its fault,error,tardiness,or because of damage done by it. 3.3 INSTALLATION err A. Arrange pipes,ducts,and equipment to permit ready access to valves,unions,traps,starters,motors,control components,and to clear openings of doors and access panels. 3.4 PIPING SYSTEMS-COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans,schematics,and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,expansion,pump sizing,and other design considerations. C. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. Install piping in concealed locations,unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. 30 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. +P J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls,ceilings, and floors. 3.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF M ATERIALS: A. Provide storage space for storage of materials and assume complete responsibility for losses due to any cause whatsoever. air Storage shall not interfere with traffic conditions in any public thoroughfare. B. Protect completed work,work underway,and materials against loss or damage. C. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. Cover fixtures and equipment and protect against dirt,or injury caused by water,chemical,or mechanical accident. ,,r►► 3.6 INSTALLATION CHECK: A. An experienced,competent, and authorized representative of the manufacturer or supplier of each item of equipment aw indicated in the equipment schedule shall visit the project to inspect,check,adjust if necessary,and approve the equipment installation. In each case,the equipment supplier's representative shall be present when the equipment is placed in operation. T he equipment supplier's representative shall revisit the project as often as necessary until all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation is satisfactory to the Engineer. we B. Each equipment supplier's representative shall furnish to the Owner,through the Engineer,a written report certifying the following: sw 1. Equipment has been properly installed and lubricated. 2. Equipment is in accurate alignment. 3. Equipment is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts. 4. Equipment has been operated under full load conditions. �r 5. Equipment operated satisfactorily. C. All costs for this installation check shall be included in the prices quoted by equipment suppliers. 3.7 CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND PREMISES A. Properly lubricate equipment before Owner's acceptance. go B. Clean exposed piping,ductwork,equipment,and fixtures. Repair damaged finishes and leaves everything in working order. so 3.8 TESTS WA A. No piping work,fixtures,or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the inspector. Notify inspector when the work is ready for inspection. B. All work shall be completely installed,tested as required by Contract Documents and the city and county ordinances and �r shall be leak-tight before the inspection is requested. C. Tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspections. 3.9 ONE YEAR PERIOD OF CORRECTIONS A. Contractor shall warrant work as provided by the General Conditions of the contract,(AIA Document A201, 1997 err 31 tow 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 edition). The contractor shall specifically reference paragraph 3.5 WARRANTY and Paragraph 12.2,CORRECTION OF WORK. B. Contractor shall certify work under Division 15 to be free from inherent defects for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. I. Contractor shall repair,revise or replace any and all such leaks,failure or inoperativeness due to defective work, materials,or parts free of charge for a period of one year from final substantial completion,provided such defect is not due to carelessness in operation or maintenance. 3.10 SYSTEM START-UP,OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Off-Season Start-up 1. If Substantial Completion inspection occurs during heating season,schedule spring start-up of cooling systems. If inspection occurs during cooling season,schedule autumn start-up for heating systems. 2. Notify Owner 7 days minimum before scheduled start-up. 3. Time will be allowed to completely service,test,check,and off-season start systems. During allowed time,train Owner's representatives in operation and maintenance of system. 4. At end of off-season start-up, furnish Owner with letter confirming that above work has been satisfactorily completed. END OF SECTION 15050 00 32 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 Im 15075- MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION „r PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS IV A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMM ARY A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation: 1. Equipment nameplates. 2. Equipment markers. 3. Equipment signs. 4. Pipe markers. 5. Stencils. 6. Valve tags. 7. Valve schedules. "" 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Valve numbering scheme. C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system. Furnish extra copies(in addition to mounted copies)to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ar A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field,colors,and viewing angles of identification devices for piping. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Equipment Nameplates:Black Formica with white reveal and data engraved,for permanent attachment on equipment. 1. Data: a. Manufacturer,product name,model number,and serial number. b. Capacity,operating and power characteristics,and essential data. 2. Location: Accessible and visible. 3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment. B. Equipment Markers: Engraved,color-coded laminated plastic. Include contact-type,permanent adhesive. 1. Terminology: Match schedules as closely as possible. 2. Data: a. Name and plan number. b. Equipment service. Wo C. Design capacity. d. Other design parameters such as pressure drop,entering and leaving conditions,and speed. rr 33 ... 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Manufactured Pipe Markers,General: Preprinted,color-coded,with lettering indicating service,and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation,Less Than 6 Inches: Full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. 4. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation,6 Inches and Larger: Either full-band or strip-type pipe markers at least three times letter height and of length required for label. 5. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions;or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. B. Pretension Pipe Markers: Pre coiled semi rigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without adhesive. C. Shaped Pipe Markers: Preformed semi rigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe with mechanical fasteners that do not penetrate insulation vapor barrier. ` D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Plastic with pressure-sensitive,permanent-type,self-adhesive back. E. Plastic Tape: Continuously printed,vinyl tape at least 3 mils thick with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type,self-adhesive back. 1. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD,Including Insulation,and Less Than 6 Inches: 3/4 inch minimum. 2. Width for Markers on Pipes with OD,Including Insulation,6 Inches or Larger: 1-1/2 inches minimum. 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers, with numbering scheme. Provide 5/32-inch hole for fastener. ipr 1. Material: 0.032-inch-thick brass. 2. Material: 0.0375-inch-thick stainless steel. 3. Material: 3/32-inch-thick laminated plastic with 2 black surfaces and white inner layer. 4. Valve-Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain. 2.4 VALVE SCHEDULES i system, A. Valve Schedules: For each piping system,on standard-size bond paper. Tabulate valve number,p p in g system abbreviation(as shown on valve tag),location of valve(room or space),normal-operating position(open,closed,or modulating),and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS,GENERAL A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 15 Sections. If more than single-type material, device, or label is specified for listed applications,selection is Installer's option. 3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of mechanical equipment that does not have nameplate nor has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows showing direction of flow. 1. Pipes with OD,Including Insulation,Less Than 6 Inches: Pretensioned pipe markers. Use size to ensure a tight fit. 34 w. 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 2. Pipes with OD,Including Insulation,Less Than 6 Inches: Self-adhesive pipe markers. Use color-coded,self- adhesive plastic tape, at least 3/4 inch wide, lapped at least 1-1/2 inches at both ends of pipe marker,and covering full circumference of pipe. 3. Pipes with OD, Including Insulation,6 Inches and Larger: Shaped pipe markers. Use size to match pipe and secure with fasteners. 4. Pipes with OD,Including Insulation,6 Inches and Larger: Self-adhesive pipe markers. Use color-coded,self- ,, , adhesive plastic tape,at least 1-1/2 inches wide, lapped at least 3 inches at both ends of pipe marker,and covering full circumference of pipe. B. Locate pipe markers and color bands where piping is exposed in finished spaces;machine rooms;accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts,tunnels,and plenums;and exterior no concealed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection,excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not ow obvious,mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors,ceilings,and no accessible enclosures. 4. At access doors,manholes,and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. IV 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced markers. Jr END OF SECTION 15075 wr �w ws 35 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 15110-VALVES rr PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES err A. Valves for general utility,plumbing,and hydronic services. Where specific services have different requirements,the valves will be specified under those sections. ,o 1. Gate valves 2. Globe valves 3. Ball valves 4. Butterfly valves we 5. Check valves 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS(continued) 1' Section 15517-Grooved End Piping System 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS r MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry 40 MSS SP-80 Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle,and Check Valves. 1.03 SUBMITTALS s A. Submit product data on valves furnished in accordance with Section 15010. 1.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING: Section 15010. +err PART 2-PRODUCTS wo 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers:Nibco,Powell,Milwaukee,Stockham,Victaulic or approved. Valve numbers listed are Nibco. B. Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible. C. Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked on outside of body. +rr D. Grooved end ball,butterfly,and check valves are acceptable alternatives on systems where grooved end products are specified. Section 15517-Grooved End Piping System 2.02 VALVE CONNECTIONS A. Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. Use valves same size as connecting piping. Sao B. Steel pipe: Use screwed ends for pipe 2 inches and smaller. Use flanged or grooved ends for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. dr C. Copper pipe: Use solder ends or screwed ends with solder adapters for pipe size 2 inches and smaller. In general,use flanged or roll grooved ends for pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. Solder end valves may be used up to 3" for gate, globe, and swing check valves. 1W 2.03 PRESSURE RATINGS A. Unless otherwise indicated,use valves rated for a minimum of 125 psig WSP @ 450❑F and 200 psig WOG @ 250 0F. to 36 .A, 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 2.04 GATE VALVES A. For 2 inches and smaller: 1. Conform to MSS SP-80. 2. Steel pipe: 125-1b bronze body and trim, inside screw,rising stem,solid wedge disc,screwed bonnet. Nibco T-111,or approved. 3. Copper pipe: 125-1b bronze body and trim, rising stem, inside screw, solid wedge disc, screwed bonnet, solder joint ends. Nibco S-111,or approved. B. For 2-1/2 inches and larger: 1. Steel or copper pipe: 125-1b iron body,flanged ends,bronze trim,outside screw,rising stem,solid wedge disc, bolted bonnet,renewable seat rings: Nibco F-617-0,or approved. 2. Copper pipe up to 3": 125-1b bronze body, solder joint ends, bronze trim, inside screw, rising stem, solid wedge disc, screwed bonnet. Nibco S-111,or approved. C. Furnish valves that can be repacked under pressure when fully opened. 2.05 GLOBE VALVES VO A. For 2 inches and smaller: 1. Conform to MSS SP-80. 2. Steel pipe: 125-1b bronze body and trim, rising stem, TFE disc, screwed bonnet, threaded ends: Nibco T-211-Y, or approved. 3. Copper pipe: 125-1b bronze body and trim,rising stem,TFE disc,screwed bonnet, solder joint ends: Nibco S-211-Y, or approved. B. For 2-1/2 inches and larger: 1. Steel or copper pipe: 125-1b iron body, bronze trim, outside screw, rising stem, bolted bonnet, flanged ends, composition disc: Nibco F-718-B,or approved. 2. Copper pipe up to 3": 125-1b bronze body and trim,rising stem,TFE disc,screwed bonnet,solder joint ends: Nibco S- 211-Y,or approved. C. Furnish valves that can be repacked under pressure when fully opened. 2.06 BALL VALVES 4" A. For 2 inches and smaller: 125-1b bronze body,bronze ball,TFE seats and seals. Nibco T-560-BR-Y-20,or approved. B. For 2-1/2 inches and larger: Do not use unless otherwise indicated. "w C. Provide valves that seal tight for flow in either direction. D. See Section 15517 for ball valves on grooved end systems. 2.07 BUTTERFLY VALVES 40 A. Ductile iron body,lug or wafer style;plated ductile iron or stainless steel disk;stainless or carbon steel shaft. Nibco LD 2000 or WD 2000,or approved. B. Seats and seals: Resilient elastomer type, designed for field removal and replacement and rated by the manufacturers for the design temperature and service intended. C. See Section 15517 for butterfly valves on grooved end systems. 2.08 CHECK VALVES ir► A. Spring-loaded check valves shall be installed on pump discharge lines. Other check valves to be swing-type unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 37 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 B. For 2 inches and smaller: I. Swing check " a. Steel pipe: 125-1b bronze body,disc and trim,screwed-in cap,screwed ends. Nibco T-413-13,or approved. b. Copper pipe: 125-1b bronze body, disc and trim, screwed-in cap, solder joint ends. Nibco S-413-13, or approved. 2. Spring-loaded silent check a. Cast-iron body,stainless steel disc and spring,Buna N seat,wafer type. Nibco W-920-W,or approved. C. For 2-1/2 inches and larger: 4W 1. Swing check a. Steel or copper pipe: Cast-iron body, bronze disc and trim, bolted cap, flanged ends. Nibco F-918, or approved. ON b. Copper pipe up to 3": 150-lb bronze body, disc and trim, bolted cap, solder joint ends. Nibco S433-13, or approved. 2. Spring-loaded silent check ,r a. Cast-iron body,stainless steel disc and spring,Buna N seat,wafer type. Nibco W-920-W,or approved. D. See Section 155171 for check valves on grooved end systems. awr 2.09 VALVE OPERATORS A. Provide suitable hand wheels for gate,globe,and angle valves. B. Provide 90-degree lever operator for ball valves. C. Provide 90-degree locking lever operator for butterfly valves through 6-inch size. For butterfly valves 8-inch size and larger, provide gear operator and hand wheel. D. Provide valve stem extension for lever-operated valves in insulated lines,so handle will clear insulation. PART 3-EXECUTION s 3.01 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS: Section 15060 3.02 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: Section 15140. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal,not inverted. B. Install gate valves, ball valves or butterfly valves for shutoff and isolating service, to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. Type of valve is shown on Drawings. +rr C. Install ball or butterfly valves for throttling service and for bypass of control device,meter,or other equipment. +wr D. Provide drain valves at low points of piping and apparatus. END OF SECTION 15110 ass +rr 38 200 Mill Street, Renton WA - 6/8/2004 aw 15060—STANDARD PIPING o PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES +► A. General installation methods for piping. B. Specific requirements for each service are covered in other sections. 1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Where other codes and standards are not referenced, use American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B31.1 - Code for ow Pressure Piping,Power Piping. B. Use standards of the following where referenced or where applicable for pipe,fittings,joints,and materials. 1W ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials ar AWS American Welding Society dw CDA Copper Development Association MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry r AWWA American Water Works Association C. Where provisions of various codes and standards conflict,use the more stringent provision. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 15010-Basic Mechanical Requirements. wr B. Reports: 1. Weld repairs,complete with evaluations. 2. Inspections performed. 3. Hydrostatic and pneumatic tests data and results. C. Welder qualifications: According to Pressure Piping Code before starting work,submit— .r 1. Name of welder. 2. Qualification date. 3. Identification mark assigned. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Conform to ANSI,ASTM,AWWA Standards referenced for the individual piping material specifications. +r 2.02 TEMPORARY PIPING A. Provide required temporary piping for testing,flushing,or draining permanently installed piping. Select products suitable for the service conditions. r. 2.03 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. For 2 inches and smaller,use dielectric unions suitable for service,temperature,and pressure. Watts,Epco,or approved. 39 .r 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 B. For 2-1/2 inches and larger,use dielectric flanges suitable for service,temperature,and pressure. Watts,Epco,or approved. 2.04 ESCUTCHEON PLATES A. Chrome plated spring-clip type at ceilings. 2.05 BRANCH FITTINGS A. For steel pipe in general, secondary branches off the primary lines to be made with butt weld reducing tee fittings. When the secondary pipe size is less than or equal to one-half the primary pipe size,Weldolets may be used. 2.06 PIPE SUPPORTS A. See Section 15140-Piping Supports and Anchors;Sleeves. 2.07 PIPE INSULATION A. See Section 15260-Piping Insulation. 2.08 PIPE PAINTING AND MARKING ► A. See Section 15190-Mechanical Identification. B. Pipe,fittings,supports,and accessories exposed to the weather shall be prepared for finish painting. Refer to Section 09900. 2.09 WATER LINE VENTS AND DRAINS A. Vent the high point and drain the low point with 3/4-inch ball valves on those pipelines 2-1/2 inches and larger,and 1/2-inch ball valves on those pipelines 2 inches and smaller. Valve types to be as specified. Provide drain valves with hose end connections and cap with a screwed cap. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to prevent damage from work of this section. B. Remove foreign matter from piping as work progresses. Air blow systems or flush to obtain a clean piping system. 3.03 TEMPORARY PIPING A. Provide temporary piping for testing, flushing, draining, and blowing out permanent piping, location, and arrangement as approved before installation B. After above operations are completed, remove temporary piping. Plug or cap openings in permanent systems with specified materials. 3.04 CLOSING UNAPPROVED WORK A. Do not cover or enclose work until it has been inspected and approved. 40 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 ow B. Should work be covered or enclosed prior to inspection and approval, uncover the work; after it has been inspected and approved,make repairs and replacements at no additional cost. ow 3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Provide temporary protection during installation,protect open ends of piping against entry of foreign materials, and remove any aw such materials before further assembly. Protect exposed flange faces from damage and moisture. B. Cleaning field-fabricated piping: 1. Remove welding icicles and beads,cuttings and burrs. Grind accessible internal weld surfaces smooth. "o 2. Rap piping and remove foreign materials inside and outside. 3.06 INSTALLATION .w A. Install the work in accordance with code requirements, references, specifications, Drawings, and manufacturer's instructions. Where these conflict,the more stringent requirements govern. ow B. Install P�P� g i in as concealed work in finished areas unless shown otherwise. C. Water line vents and drains required for operation are shown on the piping schematics and mechanical details. However, vents and drains at high and low points in the piping required for complete venting and draining may not be shown on these Drawings. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves,bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Install such additional vents and drains and note them on the record Drawings. D. Run piping parallel to column lines, perpendicular to floor unless shown otherwise on Drawings. Group piping wherever practical at common elevations. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space and other work. aw E. Use fittings only for changes in directions on rigid pipe and hard drawn tubing. Do not use bushings,close nipples,or street ells. F. Provide a union or flanges at each piping connection to equipment or instrumentation to facilitate installation and removal. 'W G. Allow sufficient-clearance for insulation,access to valves,equipment,and walkways. H. Connect piping to equipment only after the equipment has been securely anchored,leveled,and aligned in place. 4W I. Install piping so that no load or movement in excess of that stipulated by equipment manufacturer will be imposed upon equipment connection. Install piping to allow for contraction and expansion without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. rr J. Do not cut or weld to any structural member unless shown on the Drawings or approved by the Architect. so K. Install pipe without springing or forcing. L. Where possible,allow 6-inch minimum clearance between pipe and nearest construction,piping,conduit,or equipment. am 3.07 PIPING EXPANSION AND FLEXIBILITY A. Thermal expansion and contraction shall be provided for by pipe bends,elbows,offsets,or changes in direction of the pipeline. ow Flexible grooved-end couplings may be used for expansion compensation on piping systems where grooved-end couplings are specified. 3.08 JOINTS to A. General: Install according to referenced codes and manufacturers instructions. aw B. Screwed: Threads of iron and steel pipes, fittings, and couplings are to conform to ANSI B2.1. Lengths: Produce sufficient perfect threads to ensure full metal-to-metal contact when screwed home in fittings; and after threading, countersink ends of pipes,ream and clean chips and burrs. Connections: Make up full,with not more than three threads exposed. Use method that will not subject pipes or fittings to twisting or cross strains. Lubricate male threads only with thread lubricant or tape. OV 41 r. 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 C. Soldered: Use solder specified for the particular service. Cut ends square and remove fins and burrs; replace dented and damaged tubing with new tubing. Remove grease and oil from joints by wiping with clean cloth saturated with solvent and clean with emery cloth. After cleaning, apply no corrosive flux to male end only, apply heat and solder and hold joint rigidly until solder has hardened. Wipe excess solder from exterior of joint before hardening. Protect valve from excess heat during soldering operations and ensure that no damage occurs to stems,washers,or other parts. D. Welded: Weld black steel pipe 2-1/2-inch size and larger and Weldolets and Threadolets. Use branch outlet fittings for improved flow where attached to the run,designed to withstand full pipe bursting strength. Use full lengths of pipe to minimize field welds. Welding to be in accordance with ANSI B31.1. 1. Qualifications: a. Piping joints shall be welded using procedures, welders, and welding operators qualified in accordance with ANSI 31.1. No welding shall proceed until procedures and personnel have been approved as qualified. 2. Beveling: Field or shop bevel by mechanical means or by flame cutting. Where beveling is done by flame cutting, thoroughly clean surfaces of scale and oxidation just before welding. Bevel to conform to recognized standards. 3. Alignment: Use split backing rings for field joints on pipes above 2 inches to ensure proper alignment,complete weld penetration and prevention of weld spatter reaching the interior of the pipe. 4. Welding: Where the pipe temperature falls to 32°F or lower,heat pipe to approximately 100°F for a distance of 1 foot each side of the weld before welding. Finish welding before the pipe cools to 32°F. 5. Socket welds: Use socket welds on piping 2 inches and smaller. Cut and ream pipe ends to provide straight end surface free of burrs. 6. Defects: Replace defective welds and re-inspect at no additional cost to Owner. Repairing defective welds by adding weld material over the defect or by peening will not be permitted. 7. Electrodes: Store electrodes in a dry heated area;Keep free of moisture and dampness during fabrication operations. Discard electrodes that have lost part of their coating. E. Flanged: 1. Install flanges with faces straight,true and parallel to mating surfaces. 2. Make up flanges to secure uniform pressure on gasket without overstressing bolts. 3. Use flat-face 150-lb steel flanges and full-faced gasket where necessary to mate with 125-1b cast-iron flanges. 4. When a flanged joint has been made up and subsequently loosened,install a new gasket prior to remaking joint. ' 5. On piping systems operating at 500°F or lower,apply ant seize thread lubricant to bolt threads. F. Grooved: 1. Cut grooves clean and sharp without burrs and check marks. 2. Roll grooves in light wall pipe. Use Vic-Easy or similar groove rolling tool. 3. Ream pipe ends thoroughly. G. No hub joints: di 1. Place gasket on end of one pipe and retaining clamp on end of adjoining pipe. 2. Firmly seat pipe ends against integrally molded shoulder inside neoprene gasket. 3. Slide retaining clamp into position over gasket and tighten evenly to required torque. 4. Firmly stabilize connections at water closets,trap anus and horizontal branches by use of strapping and locking. H. Push-on joints: 1. Clean hub and insert gasket. 2. Apply gasket lubricant to spigot and inside of gasket. 3. Drive spigot into gasket hub with pulling tool or suitable device. 3.09 ESCUTCHEON PLATES A. Provide where exposed piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings of finished rooms. Omit plates where pipe sleeves are specified to project above the floor line. to 3.10 FLASHING AND SEALING 42 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 A. Where piping penetrates building walls and roof,provide water tight sealing and flashing. ,wn B Locate and mark openings for cutting in other sections. C. Seal openings through walls. wr 3.11 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Install at the following: 1. At each joint between dissimilar metals. �r 2. Where catholically protected steel lines enter the building. 3. Where shown on the Drawings. ow 3.12 SENSING WELLS A. Provide where shown on the Drawings and where required by Controls Contractor. aw 3.13 TESTING OF PIPING A. General requirements: Furnish equipment and apparatus necessary for the tests. Correct defects disclosed by the tests at no cost aw to Owner. Notify the Architect 48 hours in advance of testing. B. Test piping systems after the lines have been cleaned and before insulation covering has been applied. aw C. Remove or valve-off from the system gages,traps and other apparatus that may be damaged by the test pressure including: 1. Rotating machinery,such as pumps and compressors. 2. Pressure relieving devices,such as rupture discs and pressure relief valves. „w 3. Vessels that do not satisfy test conditions of the piping test,and all vessels regardless of rating when using gas pressure for testing. 4. Locally mounted pressure indicating gages,where the test pressure would exceed their scale range. 5. In-line instrumentation,unless otherwise specified. 40 D. Test procedures: 1. Install two pressure gages per testing system. Locate gages as close as possible to the low point of the piping system. 4, 2. Open vents and other connections that can serve as vents during filling so that air is vented before applying test pressure to a system. 3. Examine for leakage at joints and connections. The piping system is to show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking. Correct visible leakage. aw 4. If the pressure falls after the pressurizing system is shut off, the source of pressure loss must be determined and corrected. The system must be able to hold the test pressure for the test duration specified without any detectable loss. 5. For vapor or gas piping that is specified to be hydrostatically tested,provide the additional,temporary support required o to support the weight of the test liquid. E. Testing buried piping: 1. Conduct final acceptance tests on buried piping that is to be pressure tested after the trench has been completely dw backfilied. The contractor may,if field conditions permit,as determined by the Architect,partially backfill the trench and leave the joints open for inspection and conduct an initial service leak test. The final acceptance test not to be conducted until all backfilling has been completed. ow 2. Where any section of pipe is provided with concrete reaction blocking,do not make the pressure test until at least five days have elapsed after the concrete thrust blocking is installed. F. Plumbing drainage and vent piping: aw 1. Fill system with city water and check joints for leakage after the test duration. System may be tested in its entirety or in sections but no section is to be tested with less than a 10-foot head of water. In testing successive sections,at least the upper 10 feet of the next preceding section is to be tested so that sections are tested to at least 10-feet of head. +r 43 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 G. Hydrostatic tests: 1. Unless otherwise specified, hydrostatically test piping systems at a pressure of one and one-half times the specified design pressure and in no case less than 50 psig. 2. For hydrostatic tests use water not exceeding 100°F. 3. Hold test pressure a minimum of 4 hours after the piping under test is disconnected from its source of water. H. Testing with air or gaseous nitrogen(where specified): 1. Test with clean dry air or clean dry gaseous nitrogen. 2. Unless otherwise specified,test piping systems at a pressure of one and a half times the specified design pressure and in no case less than 50 psig. 3. Gradually increase test pressure in the system to not more than one-half of the final test pressure, after which increase the pressure in steps of approximately one-tenth of the test pressure until the required test pressure has been reached. 4. Maintain the pneumatic test pressure continuously for a sufficient length of time to conduct the examination of all joints for leakage,or a minimum of two hours. 5. Examine joints for leakage using soap bubble or equivalent method. 6. If pressure gage shows discernible decrease in pressure over the period of the test, maintain pressure for an additional 4-hour period. If pressure continues to fall,retest the joints. I. Rectify defects that develop during testing and retest the piping systems until they show no defect or weakness and are tight. J. Test repairs: 1. Replace materials damaged during testing and flushing. 2. Use new gaskets each time a flanged joint is made up. 3. Repair defective welded joints in accordance with the appropriate piping code. Re-examine repaired components by the original method to determine freedom from defects,and retest all repaired joints. K. Test records: 1. Keep for each piping installation. These records are to include the following items: a. Date of test. b. Description and identification of piping tested. C. Test fluid. d. Test pressure. e. Test duration. f. Remarks,to include such items as: 1) Leaks(type,location) 2) Repairs made on leaks g. Signature and date by witness. h. Certification by Contractor. i. Names and titles of jurisdictional inspectors present. L. Cleaning and flushing piping: 1. After piping has been tested,blow out or flush lines. a. Thoroughly blow out gas,fuel oil and chemical lines with air until dry. b. Thoroughly flush and drain all water lines. 2. Protect equipment,instrumentation and controls from debris with temporary strainers or isolation plates during flushing and drying operations. Remove protective strainers or plates after completion. M. Cleanup: 1. At completion of work,clean exposed piping thoroughly. END OF SECTION 15060 44 401 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 15200 -DEMOLITION AND REPAIR PART 1 -GENERAL aw 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings,General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 aw Specification Sections,and Section 15055 apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY so A. Under this section remove obsolete piping and mechanical equipment and relocate,reconnect or replace existin g piping g affected by demolition or new construction. Remove concealed piping abandoned due to demolition or new construction, or cap piping flush with existing surfaces. aar 1.3 DRAWINGS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS A. All relocations,reconnections and removals are not necessarily indicated on the drawings. As such,the Contractor shall "" make adequate allowance in his proposal for this work as no extra charges will be allowed for these items. PART 2-NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION or 3.1 TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS A. Where existing piping must remain in service to supply occupied areas during construction,provide temporary piping, r' connections, and equipment to maintain service to such areas. All shall be performed in a neat and safe manner to prevent injury to the building or its occupants. ow 3.2 EXISTING TO BE ABANDONED A. All required drilling,cutting,block-outs and demolition work required for the removal and/or installation of the mechanical system is the responsibility of this Contractor. rry B. No joists,beams,girders,trusses or columns shall be cut by any Contractor without written permission from the Architect. ar C. The patching,repair,and finishing to existing or new surfaces is the responsibility of this Contractor,unless specifically called for under sections of specifications covering these materials. D. Disconnect all equipment that is to be removed or relocated. Relocate any existing equipment that obstructs new construction. 3.3 EXISTING TO REMAIN IN USE A. Where affected by demolition or new construction,relocate,replace,extend,or repair piping and equipment to allow continued use of same.Use methods and materials as specified for new construction. rr 3.4 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT REMOVED A. All obsolete materials,piping,and equipment shall become the property of the Contractor and be removed from the site promptly. END OF SECTION 15200 r aw 45 a. 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 No 15271 -CHILLED SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING INSULATION .., PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS "' A. Drawings, General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, and Section 15055 apply to this Section. ow 1.2 SUMM ARY A. Furnish and install insulation on piping mains, branches, risers, fittings, and valves, pump bodies and flanges as described in Contract Documents. 40 PART2-PRODUCTS dw 2.1 MATERIAL A. 6 lb./cu.ft.heavy density fiberglass with fire retardant vapor barrier jacket with self sealing laps. Thickness shall be 1-1/2 inches on chilled water supply and return lines. ,rw B. Exterior insulation shall be further protected with embossed aluminum cover and cinch bands. tw C. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Owens-Corning Fiberglas heavy density with ASJ-SSL jacket 2. Equals by Johns-Manville or CTM. No 3. Zeston covers for valves and fittings. PART 3-EXECUTION or 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pipes: aw 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's directions on clean dry pipes. 2. Butt joints firmly together. 3. Seal vapor barrier longitudinal seam overlap with vapor barrier adhesive. +r.r 4. Wrap butt joints with four inch strip of vapor barrier jacket material cemented with vapor barrier adhesive. 5. Finish with bands applied at mid-section and at each end of insulation. B. Valves&Fittings: +� 1. Insulate and finish by one of following methods a. With hydraulic setting insulating cement,or equal,to thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. b. With segments of molded insulation securely wired in place. C. With prefabricated covers made from molded pipe insulation finished with vapor barrier adhesive. 2. Finish fittings and valves with four ounce canvas and coat with vapor barrier adhesive or Zeston covers. ^" END OF SECTION 15271 r dw AW 46 .. 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 15675-AIR COOLED CHILLER "W PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS n A. Drawings,General Provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,and Section 15055 apply to this Section. Wo 1.2 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install York,or approved equal,packaged chiller in accordance with the plans. Capacity of the chiller shall not be less than shown on the schedule. err 1.3 FACTORY OPTIONS +rr As indicated on the equipment schedule END OF SECTION 15675 .rr r wr +rr ,rr r �r wr ww +r► rr' 47 aw 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 15997-TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 00 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Division 15-Basic Mechanical Requirements and Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Sections apply to work of this section. 1.2 SUMMARY SCOPE A. This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives for the following: 1. Hydronic Piping Systems. a. Chiller C. Pumps 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Agency Data: 1. Submit proof that the proposed testing,adjusting,and balancing agency meets the qualifications specified below. The firm or individuals performing the work herein specified may not be the installing firm. B. Engineer and Technicians Data: 1. Submit proof that the Test and Balance Engineer assigned to supervise the procedures,and the technicians proposed r to perform the procedures meet the qualifications specified below. C. Procedures and Agenda: Submit a synopsis of the testing,adjusting,and balancing procedures and agenda proposed to be used for this project. D. Sample Forms: Submit sample forms, if other than those standard forms prepared by the AABC or NEBB are proposed. ow E. Certified Reports: Submit testing,adjusting,and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested,adjusted,and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards;are an accurate representation of how the systems have been installed;are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing,adjusting,and balancing procedures;and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured,to establish normal operating values of the systems.Follow the procedures and format specified below. AW 1. Draft Reports: Upon completion of testing,adjusting,and balancing procedures,prepare draft reports on the approved forms.Draft reports may be hand written,but must be complete,factual,accurate,and legible.Organize and format draft reports in the same manner specified for the final reports. Submit 2 complete sets of draft reports. ar Only 1 complete set of draft reports will be returned. 2. Final Report:Upon verification and approval of draft reports,prepare final reports,type written,and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 4 complete sets of final reports. 3. Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective +W item and system to be tested,adjusted,and balanced.Bind report forms complete with schematic systems diagrams and other data.Divide the contents of the binder into the below listed divisions,separated by divider tabs: a. General Information and Summary r b. Temperature Control System Verification. F. Report Contents: Provide the following minimum information,forms, and data: +r 1. General information and Summary:Inside cover sheet to identify testing,adjusting,balancing agency, Contractor,Owner,Engineer,and Project. Include addresses and contact names and telephone numbers.Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and name,address,telephone number,and signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer. Include in this division a listing of the instrumentation used for the procedures along with the instrument calibration sheet. 2. The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms containing as a minimum,the information indicated on the standard report forms prepared by the AABC or NEBB,for each respective item and system. Prepare a schematic 4r diagram for each item of equipment and system to accompany each respective report form.The report shall contain the following information,and all other data resulting from the testing,adjusting,and balancing work: 1W 48 ow 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 G. Calibration Reports: 1. Submit proof that all required instrumentation has been calibrated to tolerances specified in the referenced standards, within a period of six months prior to starting the project. 1.4 CERTIFICATION A. Agency Qualifications: 1. Employ the services of a certified testing,adjusting, and balancing agency meeting the qualifications specified below,to be the single source of responsibility to test,adjust,and balance the building mechanical systems identified above,to produce the design objectives. Services shall include checking installations for conformity to design,measurement,and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications,recording and reporting the results,and operation of all systems to demonstrate satisfactory performance to the owner. 2. The testing, adjusting,and balancing agency certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau(NEBB)or Associated Air Balance Council(AABC)in those testing and balancing disciplines required for this project,and having at least one person certified by NEBB or AABC as a Test and Balance supervisor,and a registered professional mechanical engineer, licensed in the state where the work will be performed. sir B. Codes and Standard: 1. NEBB:"Procedural Standards for Testing,Adjusting,and Balancing of Environmental Systems." 2. AABC:"National Standards for Total System Balance." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Systems Operation: Systems shall be fully operation and clean prior to beginning procedures. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Test,adjust,and balance the air systems before hydronic,steam,and refrigerant systems within+10%to-5%of contract requirements. B. The report shall be approved by the Engineer.Test and balance shall be performed prior to substantial completion. PART 2-NOT USED PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES FOR AIR SYSTEM BALANCING A. Before operating the system,perform these steps. 1. Obtain design drawings and specifications and become thoroughly acquainted with the design intent. 2. Obtain copies of approved shop drawings of all air handling equipment,outlets(supply,return,and exhaust)and temperature control diagrams. 3. Compare design to installed equipment and field installations. 4. Lubricate all motors and bearings. 3.2 PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Measure water flow at pumps.Use the following procedures,except for positive-displacement pumps: 1. Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed.Read pressure differential across the pump.Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gage heights.Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size. 2. Check system resistance.With all valves open,read pressure differential across the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head-capacity curve.Adjust pump discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved. 3. Verify pump-motor brake horsepower.Calculate the intended brake horsepower for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data.Compare calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate amperage. 4. Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus 5 percent of design. J 49 wr 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 MW B. Set calibrated balancing valves,if installed,at calculated presettings. 1. System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow-pressure-drop relationship may be used as a we flow-indicating device. D. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage,voltage,rpm,pump heads, and systems' +r pressures and temperatures including outdoor-air temperature. E. Measure the differential-pressure control valve settings existing at the conclusions of balancing. ar 3.3 MEASUREMENTS A. Provide all required instrumentation to obtain proper measurements,calibrated to the tolerances specified in the referenced .r standards. Instruments shall be properly maintained and protected against damage. B. Provide instruments meeting the specifications of the referenced standards. w C. Use only those instruments which have the maximum field measuring accuracy and are best suited to the function being measured. D. Apply instrument as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Use instruments with minimum scale and maximum subdivisions and with scale ranges proper for the value being measured. +irr F. When averaging values,take a sufficient quantity of readings which will result in a repeatability error of less than 5%. When measuring a single point,repeat readings until 2 consecutive identical values are obtained. OW G. Take all readings with the eye at the level of the indicated value to prevent parallax. H. Use pulsation dampeners where necessary to eliminate error involved in estimating average of rapidly fluctuation or readings. I. Take measurements in the system where best suited to the task. go 3.4 PERFORMING TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified,in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in rw the referenced standards. Balancing of the air systems and hydronic systems shall be achieved by adjusting the automatic controls,balancing valves, B. Cut insulation,ductwork,and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate w� performance of procedures. C. Patch insulation,ductwork,and housings,using materials identical to those removed. +rs D. Seal ducts and piping,and test for and repair leaks. E. Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of the vapor barrier. F. Adjust timing relays of environmental equipment motor reduced voltage starters to the optimum time period for the motor to come up to the maximum reduced voltage speed and then transition to the full voltage speed to prevent damage to motor, and to limit starting current spike to the lowest possible and practical. G. Mark equipment settings,including damper control positions,valve indicators,fan speed control levers,and similar controls and devices,to show final settings.Mark with paint or other suitable,permanent identification materials. �r H. Retest,adjust,and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications,and resubmit test results. 50 .r 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 3.5 RECORD AND REPORT DATA A. Record all data obtained during testing,adjusting,and balancing in accordance with,and on the forms recommended by the referenced standards,and as approved on the sample report forms. B. Prepare report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced. flit C. Report shall be certified and stamped by a registered professional mechanical engineer employed by the agency and licensed in the state where the work will be performed. D. Engineer is to provide a floor plan and test and balance contractor to include the plan in test and balance report and identify actual cfm on drawing or number the diffusers to match report. DEMONSTRATION r A. If requested, testing, adjusting, and balancing agency shall conduct any or all of the field tests in the presence of the engineer. B. Agency shall include a maximum of one (1) call back to the project within the one year warranty period to make additional adjustments if requested by the engineer. tll END OF SECTION 15997 END OF DIVISION 15 r +nt 1 51 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 16055-GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 4W A. Drawings,General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this section. aw 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide labor,materials,and equipment necessary for completion of work of this Division as described in Contract Documents. dw B. Furnish and install fire stopping material at penetrations through fire rated structures and draft stops. C. Provide a complete working installation with all equipment called for in proper operating condition.Documents do not undertake to show or list every item to be provided.When an item not shown or listed is clearly necessary for proper operation of equipment which is shown or listed,provide the item which will allow the system to function properly at no increase in Contract Sum. rrr 1.3 SUBMITTALS 4W A. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings on following equipment: a. Disconnect switches b. Wiring devices +r 2. Do not purchase equipment before completion of shop drawing review. d w B. Project Record Drawings: 1. Provide complete set as required by Contract General and Supplementary Conditions. C. Operations&Maintenance Manual Data: WV 1. Provide following information for each item of equipment: a. Catalog Sheets. Aw b. Assembly details or dimension drawings. C. Installation,operating,and maintenance instructions. d. Manufacturer's name and catalog number e. Name of local supplier. an 2. Furnish such information for following equipment: a. Section 16140-Wiring Devices. .r b. Section 16170-Disconnect Switches. r wr �r wr 52 200 Mill Street,Renton WA 6/8/2004 PART 2-EXECUTION 2.1 EXAMINATION A. Confirm dimensions,ratings,and specifications of equipment to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections. 2.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test systems and demonstrate equipment as working and operating properly.Notify Architect prior to test. Rectify defects at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 16055 w 53 200 Mill Street, Renton WA- 6/8/2004 16061 -DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL Im 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical demolition. .r► 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. 16055 -General Electrical Requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS .w 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections. r PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. �r B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation. w D. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. ir. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits,use personnel experienced in such operations. +rr 3.3 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK rr A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section. B. Remove,relocate,and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. a+ C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush +r with walls and floors,and patch surfaces. E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed.Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. ow F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment. rr G. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. H. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. .w I. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. J. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified. 4W 54 Im 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of this Section. END OF SECTION 16061 +Illii fa r1 to 55 a. 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 16111 -CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal conduit. B. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. C. Electrical metallic tubing. ow D. Nonmetallic conduit. aw E. Fittings and conduit bodies. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS or A. Section 16130-Boxes. B. Section 16450-Grounding. wr 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit,Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 -Electrical Metallic Tubing,Zinc Coated. C. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 -Fittings,Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. D. ANSI/NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). +r+ 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size:NEC. .r 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than 2 inches. rrr 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS +r A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. r.► 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING MW A. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade.Provide appropriate covering. ow 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. AW B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned.Route as required to complete wiring system. No 56 aw 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 PART 2- PRODUCTS 1. CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Size: 1/2 inch unless otherwise specified. B. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: 1. Use rigid steel conduit. C. Wet and Damp Locations: 1. Use rigid steel and thick wall nonmetallic conduit. D. Dry Locations: 1. Concealed: Use rigid steed conduit,electrical metallic tubing and thick wall monometallic conduit. 2. Exposed: Use rigid steel conduit. 2.2 METAL CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. C. This shall be the basic raceway for all conductors,except other types may be used where noted in the following paragraphs. Rigid steel conduit only shall be used in structural concrete walls,floors,ceilings and outside. 2.3 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT 0 A. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. B. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. C. Use in outdoor final connections to mechanical equipment,not to exceed 36 inches. 2.4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING(EMT) A. Description: ANSI C80.3;galvanized tubing. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1;steel,compression or set screw type. C. Use only in the following installations at the option of the Contractor: 1. Furred ceilings. 2. In wood frame construction. 3. In interior concrete block,masonry,or brick walls(not exterior cavity walls). 4. Exposed in dry areas. 5. Exposed where not subject to moisture or physical injury. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA"Standard of Installation." B. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. D. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps,lay-in adjustable hangers,clevis hangers,and split hangers. E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. 57 so 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190. G. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. 00 H. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. 1„ I. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. J. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. K. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. L. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. rn� M. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F. N. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter;de-burr cut ends. w O. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. P. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. Q. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes.Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. low R. Avoid moisture traps;provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. go S. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses expansion joints. T. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. U. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. V. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16450. 3.2 INTERFACES WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements. .r B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation. Provide fire caulking at all fire rated penetrations. 4r END OF SECTION 16111 .w +rr ar ow 58 No 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 aw 16120 -WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Section 16055 apply to this Section. wr PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Copper. B. Minimum size shall be No. 12 except where specified otherwise. C. Conductor size No. 8 and larger shall be stranded. wrr 2.2 INSULATION A. Conductor size No. 10 and smaller-600V type THWN or THHN(90 deg C) rr B. Conductor Size No. 8 and larger-600V Type THW,THWN,or XHHW(75 deg Q. ON C. Higher temperature insulation as required by NEC or local codes. D. Any wiring or cable not in an enclosed raceway shall be plenum rated. 11W 2.3 CONNECTORS A. Steel spring wire connectors or pressure type terminal lugs as specified. ow B. Use terminal blocks for tapping conductors. Terminals shall be suitable for use with 75 deg C copper conductors. ow 1. Approved Manufacturers&Models: a. Square-D LBA363106 b. Bussman 16323 ar PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION W A. Install conductors in raceway unless indicated otherwise. Sri. B. Pulling Conductors: 1. Do not pull conductors into conduit until raceway system is complete and cabinets and outlet boxes are free of foreign matter and moisture. fm 2. Do not use heavy mechanical means for pulling conductors. ,W 3. Only wire pulling lubricant may be used. C. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. rr «r 59 up 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 wig D. Make splices for conductors No. 8 and smaller with steelspring wire connections. Splice larger conductors with pressure type terminal lugs. E. Route circuits at own discretion,however,grouping of circuits in homeruns to panels shall be as shown on Drawings. F. Where common neutral is run for two or three home run circuits connect phase conductors to breakers in panel which are attached to separate phase legs in order that neutral conductors will carry only unbalanced current.Neutral conductors shall be of same size as phase conductors unless specifically noted otherwise. G. Run conductors of different voltage systems in separate conduits. H. Conductors size 910 and smaller shall be colored throughout.Color code conductors as follows: 1. Black-Phase A to 2. Red-Phase B 3. Blue-Phase C 4. Green-Ground 1�i1 5. White-Neutral END OF SECTION 16120 ill to 60 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 No 16130 - BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL `w 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings,General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Section 16055 apply to this Section. aw 1.2 SUMMARY .w A. Furnish and install outlet boxes as described in Contract Documents. tiro aw PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES �w A. Galvanized steel of correct size and shape. r B. Provide metal supports and other accessories for installation of each box. C. Equip ceiling and bracket fixture boxes with fixture studs where required. rw D. Equip outlets with extensions as required to bring box flush with finish surface. PART 3-EXECUTION No 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Boxes shall be accessible and installed with approved cover. B. Sectional boxes shall not be used in concrete. wrti C. Locate boxes so outlets are not obstructed by pipes,ducts,or other items. D. Install outlets flush or 1/4 inch maximum behind finished surface and level and plumb. .w E. Boxes for switches shall generally be located within 6 inches of doorjamb. F. Properly center single outlets in each room. Where two or more outlets occur,space them uniformly and in straight lines err with each other. END OF SECTION 16130 5/10/200416140-WIRING DEVICES No PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS VW A. Drawings,General Provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Section 16055 apply to this Section. "W 61 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 1.2 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install wiring devices complete with plates as described in Contract Documents. B. Furnish and install cover plates for sound system devices. rr PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Faces shall be nylon where available. tlll B. Devices of single type shall be of same Manufacturer. C. Devices are listed as Ivory.Use Ivory devices on light colored walls and brown on dark walls unless directed otherwise by Architect. rr 2.2 PLATES A. Standard Cover Plates: 1. Nylon or high impact resistant thermoplastic. 2. Color shall match wiring device. 3. Ganged switches shall have gang plates. 4. Approved Manufacturers: Ifl a. Hubbell b. Leviton C. Pass&Seymour d. Bryant B. Weatherproof Receptacle Covers: ail 1. Complete with corrosion resistant plate,spring lid cover,and weatherproof mats. 2. Cast metal or stainless steel. 3. Compatible with GFCI receptacles. 4. Approved Manufacturers&Models: Indoor use: a. Hubbell-CWP26H,horizontal;WP26,vertical b. Leviton-4990,horixontal;4992,vertical C. Pass&Seymour-CA26-H,horizontal;CA26-v,vertical Outdoor use: d. Intermatic: 1)WP 10 l OHMC,horizontal 2)WP 101 OHMC,vertical e. Arlington: 62 200 Mill Street, Renton WA - 6/8/2004 No 1) DBAH1,horizontal 2) DBAV1,vertical ow f. Hubbell: 1) WP26MH,horizontal we 2) WP26M,vertical g. Taymac -MX3200,vertical ar PART 3-EXECUTION r 2.3 INSTALLATION w A. Install devices flush with walls,straight,and solid to box. END OF SECTION 16140 rrr r 16170-CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings,General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Section 16055 apply to this Section. #W 1.2 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install disconnects as described in Contract Documents. "' PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 DISCONNECTS A. Heavy duty quick-make,quick-break type,fused unless indicated otherwise. B. Fuses .r 1. Fuse fused disconnects with dual-element time delay fuses and equip with rejection type fuse holders. 2. Fuses on Project shall be from single manufacturer. 3. Approved Manufacturers: a. Bussmann .W b. Gould/Shawmut C. Littelfuse 4. Verify fuse type and size requirements with actual equipment served before ordering. WM C. Provide interlock to prevent opening of door when switch is in ON position. ow D. Provide means to lock switch in OFF position with padlock. 63 No 200 Mill Street,Renton WA 6/8/2004 E. Disconnects for motor circuits shall be horsepower rated. F. Supply and install thermal overload switches for all fractional horsepower motors as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Surface mounted: Square-D Class 2510, FG-IP with neon pilot light. 2. Recess mounted: Square-D Class 2510,FO-I mounted in two-gang box with Arrow No. 1720 pilot light,cover plate 3. To match wall switch and engraved to indicate motor controlled. 4. Thermal overload devices:rated at 115%of motor full load current. +Ili G. Enclosures: 1. NEMA Type 1 or,where required to be weatherproof,NEMA Type 3R. H. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Same as manufacturer of Project's main panel board. END OF SECTION 16170 16190 -SUPPORTING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Anchors and fasteners. trfil 1.2 REFERENCES A. NECA-National Electrical Contractors Association. B. ANSI/NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:Provide manufacturer's catalog data for fastening systems. a� B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination, preparation,installation,and starting of Product. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NEC. B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. PART 2-PRODUCTS 64 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 ow 2.1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Materials and Finishes: Provide adequate corrosion resistance. aw B. Provide materials, sizes,and types of anchors,fasteners and supports to carry the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when selecting products. wo C. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Structural Elements: Use expansion anchors and powder actuated anchors. 2. Steel Structural Elements:Use beam clamps. "` 3. Concrete Surfaces: Use expansion anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry,Plaster,and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use hollow wall fasteners. 5. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors. ow 6. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 7. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. 2.2 STEEL CHANNEL aw A. Manufacturer: rr 1. Unistrut. 2. B-Line. r B. Description: Galvanized steel. 2.3 SPRING STEEL CLIPS A. Manufacturer: ow 1. Caddy.- PART 3-EXECUTION ON INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. VW B. Provide anchors,fasteners,and supports in accordance with NECA"Standard of Installation". 40 C. Do not fasten supports to pipes,ducts,mechanical equipment,and conduit. D. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. +r E. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel. Rigidly weld members or use hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity.Use spring lock washers under all nuts. .r F. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panel boards with minimum of four anchors. G. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panel boards one inch off wall. H. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panel boards recessed in hollow partitions. END OF SECTION 16190 a.r 65 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 am 16195-ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART I -GENERAL aw 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates and labels. No B. Wire and cable markers. 1.2 REFERENCES wr A. ANSI/NFPA 70-National Electrical Code(NEC). 40 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide catalog data for nameplates,labels,and markers. rrr B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under regulatory requirements. Include instructions for storage,handling,protection,examination,preparation and installation of Product. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS r A. Conform to requirements of NEC. B. Furnish products listed and classified by testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown. err PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS AW A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic,black letters on white background. B. Locations: we 1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. 2. Communication cabinets. ow C. Letter Size: 1. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. ow 2. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. D. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape,with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. to 2.2 WIRE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: +W 1. Burndy. 2. Panduit. 3. 3M aw 66 ow 200 Mill Street, Renton WA 6/8/2004 B. Locations: Each conductor at panel board gutters,pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes and each load connection. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install nameplate and label parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using adhesive. C. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panel board that is recessed in finished locations. END OF SECTION 16195 16450-GROUNDING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Section 16055 apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install grounding for entire electrical installation as specified below and described in Contract Documents. 1. Conduits and other conductor enclosures. 2. Non-current-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment such as motors,starter and controller cabinets, instrument cases,and lighting fixtures. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Size materials as shown on Drawings and in accordance with applicable codes. B. Ground Conductors-Copper with green insulation or bare. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pull ground conductors in non-metallic raceways, in flexible steel conduit exceeding 6 feet long,and in liquid tight flexible conduit.Use same size ground as phase conductors up through#10 AWG.Use NEC Table 250-95 for all others unless noted otherwise on Drawings. END OF SECTION 16450 66 67